Transcript
(USAF) T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 (NAVY) NAVAIR 16-35TS1843-2 (ARMY) TM 11-6625-1646-24-1
TECHNICAL MANUAL
ORGANIZATIONAL INTERMEDIATE AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS WITH lLLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
TEST SET, TRANSPONDER SET TS-1843B/APX
ASC Systems Corporation F33657-71-C-0175
PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF SECRETARIES OF THE AIR FORCE, NAVY AND ARMY
24 NOVEMBER 1976
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - M P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 Repr-ctia mitted.
for non-mflita~
TM policy
use of the information or fflustrations contained
for milkary
use reproduction
is established
in thie publication is not ~er -
for the Army in AR 380-5, for the Navy and
MuMe Corps in OPNAVINST 5510. lB, and for the Air Force in Air Force Regulation 205-1.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Insert latest cbg~ pages; dispose of superseded pages in accordance
with applicable
regulations.
N(3TE: On a chwed page, the portion of the text affected by the latest change b indicated by a vertical line, or other chsnge symbol, in the outer margh of the page. Changes @ hands. C-es to wiring diagrams
are indicated
Total number of pages in this manual ie 111 consisting
#
P a g e
Change N o .
N o .
P a g e
#
N o .
0
3 - 1 7
0
3-18
Blank
.
0
3-19
-
..
0
3-22
Blank
.
.
0
3-23
-
.
.
.
0
3-26
Blank
.
.
.
0
3-27
-
. . . . . . .
0
4-1
.
0
5-1
-
5-4
Blank
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-0
-
1-6
2 - 1
.
.
.
.
.
.
Blamk
.
.
.
.
2-2 3-1
-
3 - 4
3-30
.
.
-
.
.
3-8
Blank
.
.
.
3-9
-
3-13
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
. .
.
.
3-28 4-2 5-3
0
6-1
-
6-16
3-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
7-1
-
7-38
3-16
0
A-l
-
A-5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
# Zero in Me column indicates
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
an original
page.
.
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
0
.
.
0
.
.
.
0
..
.
.
0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
.
.
. .
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
. .
. .
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
. .
.
..
.
..
.
.
.
.
..
. .
.
.
.. .
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-8
Blank
.
.
.
.
0
.
.. .
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
5-5
.
.
.
3-25
-
.
.
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-21
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Blank
.
.
. .
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
3-14
3-7
.
.
B l a n k .
3-5
.
point-
Change
N o .
Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . .
by miniature
of the following:
A
i-iii.
A
to illustrations are indicated
by shaded areas.
. .
. .
.
. .
.
.........
.
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
T A B L E
P a g e
Section
LIST
O F
OF
ILLUSTRATIONS.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P a g e
Section 5 - 1 0 .
iii
. . . . .
.
C O N T E N T S
P r e s e t t i n g External
I
DESCRIPTION
.
.
.
of
.
.
.
.
.
1 - 1 4 .
Installation
1 - 1 6 .
Reference
.
Indexes
1 - 2 1 .
Forms
of
1 - 2 6 .
Demolition
of
6 - 1 .
1 - 2
6 - 3 .
Disassembly Checkout
Procedures .
. .
.
1-2
.
1-2
6 - 6 .
General
6 - 7 .
Overall
(Army)
.
.
1-3
to
Storage
(Army)
.
.
III
TEST
EQUIPMENT
2 - 1 .
General
.
2 - 3 .
Test
Equipment
THEORY
OF
.
AND
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required
.
.
.
.
OPERATION .
3 - 3 .
Overall
Functional
Test
.
.
Mode
.
.
Monitor
Switch
3 - 1 5 .
Lamp
Switch
3 - 1 6 .
Timing
Circuits
3 - 2 2 .
Directional
3 - 2 3 .
Receiver/Signal
3 - 2 6 .
VSWR
.
2-1
6 - 9 .
Bracket
6 - 1 0 .
Test
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Detailed
3 - 4 0 .
Power
and
3 - 4 2 .
Timing
Assembly
3 - 5 1 .
Evaluator
3 - 6 3 .
Voltage
3 - 7 0 .
Receiver/Signal
3 - 7 7 .
VSWR
3 - 7 8 .
Directional
.
.
.
.
.
3-1
3 - 1
.
.
3 - 2
.
.
3 - 2
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
3 - 5
.
.
3 - 5
.
.
3 - 6
.
.
.
.
.
A4
.
.
.
General
5 - 3 .
Operational
.
5 - 4 .
Checkout
5 - 5 .
Troubleshooting
5 - 8 .
Removal
.
.
.
.
. .
3 - 1 0
.
.
3 - 1 1
A1
.
3 - 1 1
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 1 1
.
.
3 - 1 9
.
A6
.
.
3 - 2 3
.
.
3 - 2 4
.
.
3 - 2 7
A7
3 - 2 7
.
.
.
Assembly
.
.
.
3 - 1 0
.
A5
TIE-IN .
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Replacement
of
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 1 .
.
5-6
.
5-7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 1
.
.
6 - 1
.
.
6 - 1 6 - 5
.
.
.
6 - 1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Using
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 6
.
6 - 6
. . . . .
6 - 6
Check
6 - 5
Interrogation .
.
.
.
.
.
Interrogation .
6 - 1 2 .
Checkout General
6 - 1 4 .
Checkout
.
.
.
Using
.
Check
6 - 1 3 .
.
.
.
of
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Assemblies. .
.
.
.
6 - 1 6 .
Checkout
6 - 1 7 .
Checkout
6 - 1 8 .
Checkout
6 - 1 9 .
Checkout
6 - 2 0 .
Checkout
6 - 2 1 .
Troubleshooting
Assembly
.
. .
. .
of
Receiver
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Calibration
6 - 2 3 .
R-F
IN
and
6 - 2 4 .
R-F
OUT
6 - 2 5 .
PRF
Adjustment
Control
VSWR
6 - 2 7 .
Adjustment
Control
6 - 2 8 .
Repair
Procedures
6 - 2 9 .
General
.
6 - 3 0 .
Replacement
6 - 3 1 .
Repairing
6 - 3 2 .
Maintenance
.
.
.
.
.
.
Boards
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 9
.
.
.
6 - 1 0
.
.
.
6 - 1 0
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 0
.
.
.
6 - 1 1
.
.
.
.
Alignment
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 1
A3R46
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 1
.
.
A2R21
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 2
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 2
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 2
A5
.
6 - 1 3
.
.
6 - 1 5
.
6 - 1 5
6 - 1 5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
of
.
.
Breaks
.
.
Parts
.
Foil
.
Assemblies
.
of
6 - 9
Probe
Alignment
.
.
.
Generator/Receiver
.
.
.
.
A5
.
A6R6
.
.
Control
.
A3R2
and
.
Adjust
.
Control
6 - 2 6 .
.
Generator/
.
.
.
Assembly
and
.
.
Assembly
Directional
6 - 2 2 .
Circuit
.
VSWR
of
Signal
.
Assembly
A7
.
.
Signal
of A6
Assembly
.
Power
A1
Assembly
.
Regulator
of
.
Assembly
.
Evaluator
of .
.
6 - 6
6 - 9
of
.
.
.
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Checkout
.
.
Timing .
6 - 1 5 .
A4 .
.
.
6 - 6
.
.
.
.
of .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Power
.
A2
5-1
.
.
.
Set
Check
.
Discrimination
Set
Test
.
Checkout
Frequency
4-1 4-1
.
and
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
Checkout
Procedure
.
.
Generator
.
.
.
.
.
3 - 6
.
.
A3.
3 - 6
.
.
.
Assembly
MAINTENANCE
5 - 1 .
.
.
.. .
. .
Description
A2.
.
. .
.
SYSTEM .
. .
.
Assembly
Tie-In.
. .
.
Coupler
.
. .
.
Assembly
OF
Assemblies
2-1
.
Control
Adjust
.
.
.
.
.
Regulator
.
.
Description
Circuits
Circuit
INTERMEDIATE
2-1
3 - 1
.
.
3 - 3 9 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sequence
.
.
.
.
Coupler
Timing
Equipment
. .
.
Circuits.
.
Evaluation
General
.
.
.
Reassembly.
Checkout
1-3
.
.
Circuits .
3 - 2 9 .
4 - 3 .
.
Circuits
3 - 2 8 .
4 - 1 .
.
.
.
.
AN/APM-362 Overall
Generator
Circuits
DESCRIPTION
.
.
.
Switch
3 - 1 4 .
.
.
Introduction
Circuits
V
.
3 - 1 .
3 - 1 3 .
I V
.
TOOLS.
and
.
Transponder I I
.
6 - 1
.
6 - 8 .
.
.
G e n e r a l
.
Equipment
.
M A I N T E N A N C E
.
.
( A 2 R 2 1 )
(A6R6)
.
(Army).
Use
O U T
6 - 5 .
(Army)
Enemy
Administrative
6 - 1
1 - 2
. .
Records
Prevent
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. .
5-7
5 - 7
.. . . . . .
.
.
5 - 7
1 - 2
.
.
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
.
.
5 - 7
1 - 1
D E P O T
.
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
V I
I N
.
( A 3 R 4 6 ) . . . . . . . . . .
VSWR
. . . . . .
R - F
.
5 - 7
5-14.
Publications
and
.
. . . . . . . . . .
1 - 1
.
Data
.
. . . . .
Equipment
Functional Description
.
G e n e r a l
R - F
Description
Physical Description
5 - 1 1 .
5 - 1 3 .
1 - 7 .
1 - 1 0 .
1 - 1
5 - 1 2 .
1 - 3 .
1 - 8 .
. . . . .
1 - 1
Techical
1 - 1 8 .
.
1 - 1
Purpose of Equipment.
.
.
Manual . . . . .
Scope
of
.
. . . . .. . . . . .
1 - 1 .
1 - 2 7 .
.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
Controls
.
.
on
.
. .
Allocation
.
.
.
Printed .
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 1 6
.
6 - 1 6
(Army).
i
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
TABLE
OF
P a g e
Section V I I
I L L U S T R A T E D 7 - 1 .
Introduction
7 - 3 .
Group
7 - 6 .
Numerical
P A R T S .
.
Index
Provisioning
7 - 1 0 .
Air
7 - 1 1 .
" P "
Codes
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
not
.
.
.
.
7 - 1
.
.
7 - 1
.
.
.
.
7 - 1
.
.
7 - 1
. .
.
.
S e r i e s
-
.
.
.
Maintenance
7 - 1 7 .
Navy tions
-
.
.
.
.
Parts for
.
.
.
"P"
7 - 1 9 .
" M "
7 - 2 0 .
"A"
7 - 2 1 .
"N"
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7 - 2
.
.
.
.
7 - 2
or
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7 - 3
Codes.
7 - 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7 - 3
,
.
Not
.
7 - 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7 - 4
.
.
.
7 - 4
.
7 - 4
Nor-
.
.
on .
Procured, for
.
Assem-
.
Nor-
Stocking, .
7 - 4
.
.
7 - 4
.
.
7 - 4
List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 - 5
“U”
Series of
or
. -
Purchased
.
- “U”
Supply
Material
(MARC) How
To
Manufacture Applied or
.
When
Maintenance
Significance
.
.
.
.
.
Accountability
Recoverability
7-25.
.
Be
. -
.
Purchased
.
Stocked
Impractical
Stocking
7 - 2
Defini.
.
Maintenance
7 - 2 4 .
. . . . . Procured,
Level
.
.
Not .
Not
- Will .
mally
7 - 2 3 .
.
Assemble
-
Series
Not .
Stocked
and .
“X”
Are
Purchased.
mally
7 - 1
.
Considered
.
Not
-
Series
Items
Manufactured
Numbered
Series
Demand
.
Purchased
Which
Stock
bly
7 - 2 2 .
-
S e r i e s -
or
7 - 1
.
Series
Items
Service
Codes .
.
Procured
Repair
Source .
.
Stock
Manufacture . . . . . . . C o d e " U " - Parts Not
7 - 1 6 .
.
and
7 - 1 8 .
A s s e m b l e ,
not
Series
.
P a g e
Section
P r o c u r e d
.
Procured
Manufactured,
i i
. .
(Cont.)
Manufacture,
Impractical 7 - 1 5 .
.
. -
Assembly "X"
. .
Codes
P a r t s
7 - 1
.
.
.
. .
.
List
.
Inventory
Series
Parts
7 - 1 4 .
. -
.
.
Source
Under
Control
.
Parts .
S e r i e s
and
" A "
.
.
Force
"M"
.
.
Definitions
7 - 1 3 .
.
B R E A K D O W N
Assembly
7 - 8 .
7 - 1 2 .
CONTENTS
.
.
Use
.
.
.
Codes .
This
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Parts
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 8 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 LIST
N u m b e r 1 - 1 .
T i t l e
Test
Set,
APX 1 - 2 .
Outline
3 - 1
Overall
Card
Timing
3 - 3 .
Time
Functional .
Sequence Base
Potential Power
and
Diagram Timing
3 - 6 .
Timing
.
.
Chart
.
Diagram
.
.
.
.
3 - 8
R e c e i v e r /
Diagram
.
.
.
Diagram
TS-1843B/APX
.
.
.
.
Diagram
.
.
Intermediate
5 2 .
Assembly
5 - 3 .
Test
.
Bracket
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.3-7
6 - 3 .
Test
.
.
.
.
.
Al
.
.
.
.
.
.3-9
.
.
.
.
. . . . . 3 - 1 3
6 - 6 .
Test
.
.
.
.
A7, .
.
.
.
. . . . . .3 - 2 1
.
Directional
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7 - 2 .
Timing
7 - 3 .
Timing
.
.
.
Assembly Board
Timing
Evaluator
7 - 5 .
Evaluator
Board
Assembly
Assembly
Signal
.
. .
.
4-2
7 - 8 .
Receiver-Generator
Setup . . 5 - 1
7 - 9 .
VSWR
.
.
.
5-2
.
. .
.
.
A5
Adjust
Housing
7 - 1 1
Power
.
.
Transistor
1 - 3 .
Integrated
Data
1 - 4 .
Identification Test
3 - 1 .
Inputs
Equipment
of
to
Pulse
Test
Points
List
5 - 2 .
AN/APM-239A
6 - 1 .
Adjustment
6 - 2 .
Overall Group
. .
O F
Index
.
and
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.6-7
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-8
.6-11
.
.
.
.
.
.6-13
.
.
.
.7-6
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.7-9
.
.
.
.7-13
.
.
.
. .
.
.7-16
A3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.7-17
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.7-21
.
.
Assembly
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
A5A1.
A6.
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
7-23 .7-25
.
.7-28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30
Control
Board
Assembly
T A B L E S
.
.
.
.
.
.
Parts
List
.
.
Designation
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Subassemblies.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Required .
.
1 - 3
.
.
.
.
for
.
.
Outputs.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
1-4 1 - 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-6 .
.
2-1 3-5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 5
(C-6280) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - 6
.
Settings
Using
.
P a g e
and
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 - 1
AN/APM-362
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 - 2
Alignment
.
.
Matrix
Control
Assembly
.
Complement
Select .
.
Receiver
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Checkout
Reference
. .
Assemblies
Required
5 - 1 .
Numerical
. .
Circuit
2 - 1 .
of
.
Complement
.
. .
Board
Assembly
and
6-2 .6-5
and
.
Assembly
. .
T i t l e
Reference
.
A2
and .
. .
5-2
N u m b e r
1 - 2 .
.
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
A4
Generator
. .
Al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
L I S T
1 - 1 .
.
.
Assembly
Regulator
7 - 1 0 .
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1 5
A3
7 - 7 .
5-3 .5-8
Assembly
Assembly
7 - 4 .
.
Gain
Assembly
Board
.
.
Test .
A2
7 - 6 .
. .
.
Overall
3-25
.
.
Setup
4-1
.
.
Pulse
.
.
.
.
TS-1843B/APX,
.
.
Setup
Generator/Receiver
Assembly
.
.
A3 .
.
Frequency .
IF
.
.
.
Test
Oscillator,
and
7 - 1 .
Adjustment .
for
.
.
of
Setup
. .
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
Calibration
.
.
.
Test
.
.
Signal
Adjustment
Internal .
.
(Bench)
External
and .
.
.
. .
Transponder
.
.
.
.
.
.
6 - 7 .
7 - 3 A .
V S W R
Schematic
.
.
Control
Setup
.
A d j u s t m e n t
. . . . . 3 - 1 7
A 5 ,
and
.
.
Checkout
Assembly
Adjustment
.
for
Setup
Amplifier,
5000) . . . . 3 - 1 5
.
.
IN
.
VSWR.
Interrogation
R-F
Setup
.
Using
Test
6 - 5 .
Schematic .
Set
Evaluator
and
.
. vs
AN/UPM-362
6 - 4 .
and
.
A3,
.
.
P a g e
Discrimination
Power
Schematic
Diagram.
Level
and
Point
Locations
6 - 2 .
Interconnection .
5 - 1 .
Locations
.3-3
.
.
Setup
Set
.
A6,
.
Test .
.
.
Length
TS-1843B/APX
.
Below
Assembly .
Equipment
.
G e n e r a t o r
Installation
6 - 1 .
2-1
Schematic
.
.
.1-5
.
5000
.
.
.
.
Assembly
.
4 - 2 .
.
.
Chart
Cable
.
.
.
.
.
RG-58
Diagram
Nos. .
.
.
Troubleshooting
5 - 5 .
Schematic
A2,
S i g n a l
Coupler
System
.
.
.
5 - 4 . .1-0
.
.
Nos.
Assembly
Adjust
4 - 1 .
.
.
.
.
A4,
.
.
T i t l e
.
.
A2,
(Ser. .
.
.
Assembly
.
(Ser.
Diagram
Evaluator
.
Assembly
Assembly
3 - 7 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Chart
.
.
.
Output
Assembly
Higher)
.
Block .
Control
.
.
Generator
Regulator
3 - 5 .
Drawing .
N u m b e r
TS-1843B/
MT-3513/APX
Extenders.
TS-1843B/APX 3 - 2 .
Set
Mounting
Dimensional
Circuit
ILLUSTRATIONS
P a g e
Transponder
and
2 - 1
3 - 4 .
OF
Controls
. .
Index
. . .
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 - 7
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 - 3 4
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 - 3 7
. . .
.
.
A P P E N D I X
A
P a g e
T i t l e
N u m b e r
Maintenance
Allocation
(Army)
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
A - 1
iii
T.O. NAVAIR
12P4-2APX-202 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
F i g u r e
1 - 0
1 - 1 .
Test Set, Transponder
Set TS- 1843 B/APX and Mounting MT-3513/APX
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
SECTION
1
DESCRIPTION 1 - 1 .
SCOPE
1 - 2 .
This technical
procedures activities
OF
contains
in the maintenance
facturedby
Set
equipment
contract
covered
Control
instructions and
herein
fit, cm function
Board
Directive
may be revised
designed and manu-
is configured
for inter-
PHYSICAL
2 lbs 15 OZ
affectmanual
activity withControl
in the following instances, providing form,
fit,
or function is not affected:
ing, connecting the technical
or u@ating
of clarifying,
expancl -
existing information
Set
At each end of the
for connecting
in
ANTENNA end is located
connections.
service
the test
adjustments which
On the
other which
end are are
a hinged cover
mounted
protected
plate,
These
are in the form of small control dials
are coupled to variable
resistors inside
the
Each dial is provided with a locking
The
TS-1843B/APX
is installed in the air-
craft on Mounting MT-3513( )/APX
( f i g u r e
This mounting plate is permanently aircraft by four screws. The
manual.
the mul-
( lJ1) for power and
adjustments
during operation”by
equipment.
the changes consist
Test
It weighs approximately
is located
POWER receptacle
device. a. When
The
$s a single unit of 2-7/8 by
mounting).
On the
three
by or for the procuring
(including
antenna.
control
technical
l - l )
tiple-pin
shall be by Configuration The
DESCIUPTION.
( f i g u r e
3 by 7-3/4 inch dimensions.
only.
out approval of the DOD AIMS Configuration Ward
1 - 8 .
OF EQUIPMENT.
set into the line between the transponder and its
The
use. Any changes
DESCRIPTION
unit an rf receptacle
Chicago,
F33657-71-C-0175.
1 - 7 .
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
and Depot
Corporation,
DOD NMS System
ing form,
.
and repair of Test Set,
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X ,
ASC Systems
under
service
manual
MANUAL
to be used by Intermediate
Transponder
Illinois
TECHNICAL
1 - 2 ) .
attached
to the
TS-1843B/APX
is
secured to the mounting by two fast-action screwb.. When
the item described in the technical
; no longer avaibble,
and a substitute
manual
item must be
driver-operated
Dzus fasteners. Although the mount-
ing plate MT-351 3( )APX is permanently the aircraft, design of the
.sed.
the Test Set to be installed the mounting
NOTE
plate.
in either
nomenclature C-621N3(
of equipment
P U R P O S E
1-4.
O F
lation
Set
TS-1843B/APX
in airborne IFF,i%IF (Identification Identification
systems.
test set has two
The
Test and Monitor. operating
voltage
equivalent)
‘I’he
Feature)
figure
operational
Set Control
nected
modes:
to the TRANSPONDER
(1J2). Reversing
provides an
of
1-9.
The
TS-1843B/APX
case with an integral
upon command,
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
rf interrogation
test
at a preset power level which enable the
?erator to check
the response
of his transponder set
interrogation
signals.
receptacles
consists of a cast aluminum
directional
In the Monitor mode of operation,
continuously
and automatically
eplies being transmitted der on a reply-by-reply titerrogation
evaluates
the test set the SIF
by the associated transpon-
basis when it receives IFF
si~als from an interrogator
coupler channel
rod between
the rf
at each end of the box. The electronic
circuitry is contained in seven assemblies: Power and Control Assembly (Al), Timing Assembly (A2), Evaluator Assembly (A3), Regulator Assembly (A4), Re. ceiver/Signal
Generator
Assembly (A6), 1 - 6 .
may
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
lamp on the associ-
In the Test mode of operation, the
n the absence of external
is con-
connector
these connections
result in damage to the
enclosing the main conductor
~ignals
is connected
C-6280( )/APX (or
to give a visual GO/NO-GO indication
APX generates,
cable
(1J3) and the transponder cable
r
the status of the transponder.
1 - 5 .
from that
1-1.
Make sure the antenna
Friend or
transponder
TS-1843B/APX
to an indicator
Transponder
The test set may then be installed
is an
GO/NO-GO test device, designed for instal-
Foe/Selective
ated
shown in
rotat on the
E Q U I P M E N T .
Test Set, Transponder
in-flight
the plate
in the mounting in the reverse direction
may be used,
within
by remov -
TS-1843B/APX,
180 and replacing
T S - 1 8 4 3 1 3 / A P X .
used (as in
)/APX) this means that any mod-
el of the equipment
1 - 3 .
ing the plate
are used in the
permits
direction
This is accomplished
ing the bottom pl~te from the When empty parentheses
attached to
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
(A7).:
The Al assembly
electrical
contains
contacts that receive
of assemblies readily
Assembly (A5), VSWR Adjust
and Directional
Coupler printed
wiring and
the mating
A2, A3, A4, and A6, each
detachable
Assembly
for maintenance
connectors
of which
is
or replacement.
set.
1 - 1
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 1 - 1 0 .
F U N C T I O N A L
Transponder device
Set
D E S C R I P T I O N . TS-1843B/APX
which allows determination
Control
Transponder
1 - 1 4 .
When operated
Set C-6280( )/APX,
using
the TEST light on the control unit as an indicator,
Make sure the antenna
it will provide a GO, NO-GO check
upon the following transponder
I N S T A L L A T I O N .
of proper operation
of airborne IF F/SIF transponders. with
The Test Set,
is a dual-function
based
characteristics:
Receiver
Receiver
may result in dam-
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
Tuned Frequency 1 - 1 5 . The installation plans for the
c.
to the
connector (1J2). Revers -
ing these connections
Sensitivity
age to the b.
is connected
transponder cable is connected TRANSPONDER
a.
cable
to the ANTENNA connector (1J3) and the
Transponder
vary with the individual
Decoding
aircraft
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
types and/or trans-
ponder systems used and are not covered d.
Reply
manual.
Frequency
For detailed
to the specific e.
Reply Code Bracket
to special
Pulse Spacing
installation
aircraft and transponder
installation
drawings
services. The physical f.
Reply Peak-Pulse
Transponder
Power
Set
g.
Antenna System
TS-1843B/APX
evaluate factory
the
system
the transponder replies,
external
‘un~er
test,
and indicate
As a monitor
device,
‘
satis-
the unit
the transponder replies that result from
interrogations and will indicate
correct
1 - 1 7 .
are listed in listed in
The
scribed
t a b l e
t a b l e
1 - 1 .
1 - 2 ,
ment is listed in
table
functional
Basic electrical performance
data for the Test Setj Transponder
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X circuits
is
t a b l e
1 - 3 ,
The assemblies and
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
are listed in
1-4.
contains the following
which accomplish
the checks de-
1 - 1 8 .
INDEXES OF PUBLICATIONS (ARMY).
Code
Generator
for modes
1, 2,
1 - 1 9 .
Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310-4 to
determine
whether there
or additional
and C (prf 400 ~ 50 pps)
1 - 2 0 .
RF Signal Generator
c,
RF Pulse Peak
d
SIF Reply
e.
RF Wavemeter
Power
Bracket
(MWOS)
Detector
Spacing
Decoder
(reply frequency evaluator)
VSWR evaluator
g.
Ratio Reply Evaluator
FORM AND RECORDS
1 - 2 2 .
REPORTS
Evaluator
(ARMY),
OF MAINTENANCE AND UNSATIS -
EQUIPMENT. Use equipment
records in accordance with instructions (Test Mode)
1 - 2 3 .
(Monitor Mode)
work orders
to the equipment,
1 - 2 1 .
REPORT OF PACKAGING
DEFICIENCIES Rate Reply
to the equipment,
whether there are modification
pertaining
FACTORY f.
are new editions, changes,
publications pertaining
Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310-7 to
determine
(ARMY).
Form 6 (Reporting ties) as prescribed
forms
in
AND HANDLING
Fill out and forward
of Packaging
and
T M 3 8 - 7 5 0 .
and Handling
DD Deficien -
in AR 700-58.
If all transponder receiver and transmitter
characteristics
are within
control unit TEST condition.
Failure
‘he proper limits, the
lamp WII1 light,
indicating
a GO
of the TEST lamp to go on when
one of the Mode Enable switches on the control unit is held in the TEST position indicates receiver,
decoder,
transponder.
1 - 2
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
The transistor complement
above:
Interrogation
1 - 1 3 .
data and physical
Set
and the integrated circuit comple-
subassemblies of the
responses.
h,
1 - 2 .
the unit will, u~on command,
transponder
performance.
will evaluate
b.
and the Mounting f i g u r e
VSWR
1 - 1 1 . As a test device,
8 /2,
by the using
of the Test Set,
1 - 1 6 . REFERENCE DATA.
interrogate
1-12.
manuals, or
provided
dimensions
MT-3513( )/APX are shown in
in this
instructions, refer
or transmitter
a failure section
in the
of the
1 - 2 4 .
DISCREPANCY
REP) (SF 361) (ARMY). crepancy
in Shipment
~ SHIPMENT REPORT (DIsFill out and forward
Report (DISREP)
prescribed in AR 55-38,
Dis -
(SF 361) as
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
1 - 2 5 .
mPORT~G oF WPROVEMENTS FOR EQUIP-
MENT UUALS (ARMY).
Reporting of errors,
omissions, and recommendations publicatio~ Reports
by the individual
this
U.S. Army
AMSEL-W-PSA,
DEMOLITION OF EQUIPMENT T M
TO PREVENT
7 5 0 - 2 4 4 - 2
for
procedures to be used for this equipment.
user is encouraged.
shodd be submitted on DA Form 2028. DA
Form 2028 will be forwarded &nerd.
for improving
1 - 2 6 .
ENEMY USE (ARMY). Refer to
direct to Commanding
Electronics
Command.
ATTN:
1 - 2 7 .
ADMINISTRATIVE
to
7 4 0 - 9 0 - 1
T M
equipment
STORAGE
(ARMY). Refer
for procedures to be used when this
is to be placed in administrative
storage.
Fort Monmouth, New Jersey
07703. Table
1-1.
Reference
Data
C H A R A C T E R I S T I C
Interrogation
S P E C I F I C A T I O N
L I M I T S
Outputs:
F r e q u e n c y
1030
±
0.5
MHz
Mode
1
Pulse
Spacing
2
pulses
spaced
3
±
Mode
2
Pulse
Spacing
2
pulses
spaced
5
±
0.lµsec
Mode
3/A
2
pulses
spaced
8
±
0.1µsec
Mode
C
2
pulses
spaced
Pulse
Pulse
Spacing
Spacing
L e v e l
-54
to
R a t e
400
±
Reply
-81
dbm
50
0.1µsec
21
±0.lµsec
(-67
pulse
to
-94
dbv)
adjustable
pairs/sec
Analyzer: F r e q u e n c y
G O
F r e q u e n c y
N O - G O
Bracket
Spacing
GO
Spacing
NO-GO
Bracket P o w e r
Antenna G
1090
MHz MHz
20.3
±0.15
20.0
G O
System
±3
1086
20
to
28
or
1094
MHz
µsec
sec
or
20.6
dbw,
±2db
from
µsec preset
level
VSWR:
O
Dial set at 6 db . . . . VSWR < 8 db Dial set at 9 db . . . . VSWR < 11 db Dial
N O - G O
set
at
12
d b. . . . VSWR < 14db
Dial set at 6 . . . V S W R
8
Dial set at 9 . . . V S W R
11
Dial set at 12 . . . V S W R
db
or
db
14
greater
or
db
greater
or
greater
N O T E Momentary longer NO-GO
Primary
Power
2
VSWR
(up
to
milliseconds
12
db)
will
not
0.25
vdc
for cause
no a
indication.
Input:
N o r m a l
27.5
L i m i t s
21
Operating
high
than
Secondary
vdc,
to
29
12.0
Power
±
15
w
max.
vdc
0.5
vdc
and
5.0
±
Weight: TS-1843B/APX
with
MT-3513
(
)/APX
2
lbs.
15
oz.
Dimensions: T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
2.875
M T - 3 5 1 3
0.25
Service
(
) / A P X
by by
3.062 3.25
by
by
7.750
7.37
inch
inch
Conditions: up
Altitude
to
100,000
ft.
T e m p e r a t u r e : -54°C
to
+95°C
+95°C
to
+125°C
-64°C
to
+150°C
Humidity
Up
100
Vibration
MIL-E-5400G
Operating Operation
with
N o n - O p e r a t i n g
degradation
of
performance
to
percent Curve
IV
1 - 3
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
D E S I G
Table
1-2.
T Y P E
N O .
Complement
F U N C T I O N
A 1 Q 1
2N2222
Monitor
A 1 Q 2
2N2222
Test
A 1 Q 3
2N2222
Monitor/Test
A 1 Q 4
2N2222
Regulator
Mode
Mode
Control
Control Control
Control
A 1 Q 5
2 N 2 9 0 7 A
Lamp
A 2 Q 1
3 N 1 2 8
20
A 2 Q 2
3 N 1 4 0
Oscillator
Gated
A 2 Q 3
2N2907
Modulator
(Reply)
A 2 Q 4
2 N 2 9 0 7
Modulator
(Frequency
A 3 Q 1
2N2222
PRF
Generator
A 3 Q 2
2 N 4 9 1 A
P R F
G e n e r a t o r
A 3 Q 3
2N2907
Sync
Output
A 3 Q 4
2N2222
Read
Gate
Switch
Integrator
MHz
Oscillator Amplifier
Gate
Check) Input
Amplifier
switch
A 3 Q 5
2 N 2 2 2 2
Test
A 3 Q 6
2N2222
Lamp
A 3 Q 7
2N2222
Monitor
Clamp
A 3 Q 8
2N2222
Monitor
Integrator
A 3 Q 9
2 N 4 9 1 A
Monitor
Integrator
A 3 Q 1 0
2N2222
Power
Level
A 3 Q 1 1
2N2222
Power
Level
A 3 Q 1 2
3 N 1 4 0
VSWR
Recognition
A 3 Q 1 3
2N2222
VSWR
Amplifier
A 3 Q 1 4
2N2222
Frequency
A 4 Q 1
2 N 2 9 0 7 A
On-Off
A 4 Q 2
2N2222
Over-Voltage
A 4 Q 3
2N2222
Over-Current
Driver
Buffer
Enable
Control
Detector
Input
Detector
Buffer
Control Protection
3N128
85.833
A 5 A 1 Q 2
3 N 1 4 0
Gated
Amplifier
A 5 A 1 Q 3
2N2481
Tuned
Amplifier
A 5 A 1 Q 4
2N2481
60
MHz
Amplifier
(First)
A 5 A 1 Q 5
2N2481
60
MHz
Amplifier
(Second)
A 5 A 1 Q 8
2N2481
60
MHz
Amplifier
(Third)
A 5 A 1 Q 7
2N2481
Detector/Amplifier
A S C D E S I G
1-3.
Integrated
Circuit
MHz
Protection
A 5 A 1 Q 1
Table
1 - 4
Transistor
Oscillator
Complement
S Y S T E M S
P A R T
N O .
F U N C T I O N
A 2 U 1
6 0 0 A 8
A 2 U 2
6 0 0 A 2 2
4
Binary
Counter
A 2 U 3
600A11
5
Binary
Counter
A 2 U 4
6 0 0 A 8
Binary
Counter
(Time
Base
A 2 U 5
6 0 0 A 8
Binary
Counter
(Time
Base
A 2 U 6
6 0 0 A 3
Pulse
Matrix
AND
Gates
(0
A 2 U 7
6 0 0 A 3
Pulse
Matrix
AND
Gates
(16
µsec,
18
µsec)
A 2 U 8
6 0 0 A 3
Pulse
Matrix
AND
Gates
(19
µsec,
21
µsec)
A 2 U 9
6 0 0 A 5
Pulse
Duration
A 2 U l 0
600A23
Window
Delay
A 2 U l l
6 0 0 A 5
Window
Duration
A 2 U 1 2
600A19
Frequency
A 3 U 1
6 0 0 A 7
Read
Gate/Monitor
A 3 U 2
600A21
Test
Enable
A 3 U 3
6 0 0 A 1 9
Inverter/Gate
Binary
Counter
6 0 0 A 5
Power
6 0 0 A 5
Decode
A 3 U 6
6 0 0 A 7
I n v e r t e r / G a t e
A 4 U 1
593A96
12
A 4 U 2
593A96
5
volt volt
µsec)
Generator Generator/Mode Sample
Shaper Delay
13
Generator
Gate/Bracket
A 3 U 4
µsec,
Generator
Check
A 3 U 5
Generator) Generator)
Timer
Regulator Regulator
Gate
Inverter
Hold Decode
Gate/Comp.
Evaluation
Gate
T . O . NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure 1-2.
1 - 5
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Table
1-4.
Identification
of
Assemblies
and
R E F
1 - 6
P A R T
N A M E
D E S I G
A l
Power
A 2
T i m i n g
and
Control
N O .
Assembly
A s s e m b l y
A 3
Evaluator
Assembly
Regulator
Assembly
A 5
Signal
and
A 5 A 1
R e c e i v e r - G e n e r a t o r
A 6
VSWR
A 7
Directional
Adjust
G E 5 4 7 6 G C 5 4 3 4
A 4
Generator
Subassemblies
G C 5 4 3 5 G B 5 5 0 0 Receiver B o a r d
Assembly
Coupler
Assembly
G D 5 4 8 3 G E 5 4 8 0 G D 5 4 9 6 G C 5 4 2 6
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
SECTION
II
TEST EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
2 - 3 .
2 - 1 .
G E N E R A L .
2 - 2 .
This section lists the test equipment
reauired
to ~erform disassembly,
in~, and alibment
procedures dekcribed
2 - 4 .
and tools
reassembly,
T E S T
the
test-
E Q U I P M E N T
The test equipment
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
test equipment
in the
R E Q U I R E D . required for maintenance
is listed in t a b l e
of
2 - 1 . Equivalent
may be used if the exact types listed
are not available.
following sections of this manual. Table
2-1.
Test
Equipment
Required N o m e n c l a t u r e
N a m e
Transponder Test
Set,
or
Model
o r
R T - 8 5 9 (
A N / A P X - 6 4 ( V )
Set
Transponder
A N / A P M - 2 3 9 A
Test
Set,
Transponder
A N / A P M - 3 6 2
Test
Set,
Radar
A N / U P M - 1 3 7
Test
Set,
Radar
A N / U P M - 9 8 (
)
Oscillosocpe
A N / U S M - 1 4 0
o r
M u l t i m e t e r
A N / P S M - 6 (
Standing Slotted Slide 3 R F
db
Wave
Indicator
Lime Screw
Tuner
Pad T e r m i n a t i o n
Circuit
Card
Extenders
(2)
(Figure
Packard
415B
Hewlett
Packard
805C
Hewlett
Packard
872A
M i c r o l a b
A A - 0 3 B
Weinshel
569A
ASC
2-1)
A N / U S M - 2 8 1 A
)
Hewlett
RCA
V T V M
) / A P X - 7 2
Voltohmyst Systems
Corp.
Part
Nos.
GB5728
and
G B 5 7 2 9 Hewlett
C o u n t e r
Figure
2-1.
Circuit
Packard
5245L
Card Extenders
2-1/(2-2
blank)
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
SECTION
III
THEORY OF OPERATION
3 - 1 .
I N T O R D U C T I O N .
single GO or NO-GO indication
by ligbttng
lamp on the control unit. (GO is tndicated 3 - 2 .
TMs section e~kim the functions of the cir-
cuits in Test Set, Transynder
Set
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
lamp is lit. ) The
T S - l 8 4 9 B / A P X
ation is acttvated
wbemever
the TEST when the
teet mode of oper-
ons of the four Mode Enable
The circuits are first described on a block diagram
switches on the control untt is placsd in the TE~
level, thn a detiil~ circuit description
position.
is given.
The checlce made simultaneously
tn the
teat mode are: 3 - 3 .
3 - 4 .
O V E R A L L
F U N C T I O N A L
D E S C R I P T I O N .
The test set is connected
antenna
Me of the aircraft transponder, where it will
conttiuously
monitor the Wrformance
ponder (Monitor retie of operation) to test the trmsponder rogation
(Test
of operation,
mde
of operation).
In the Test mode simulated
b.
Receiver
Tuned
c.
Receiver
Interrogation
d.
Transponder
e.
Reply Peak Pulse Power
f.
Reply Bracket
13.
Antenna
sign~ at a preset power level via a 12th
Reply Frequency
3 - 7 .
replies to this test signal, it is an indication
OUT/MON
tuned frequency and sensitivity
and that its deeding
that its
are correct
circuits are functioning
properly.
‘l%e test set analyzes the replies put out by the checking
Pulse Spacing
the power level,
ptise spacing.
In the Monitor mode of operation (RAD TEST/ switch on COlltrd unit in MON ~ition)
the test set simultaneously and the bracket
the
Striding Wave ~tio) of the antenna
GO indication
in the TEST position) either a monitor
are GO the test set will
the test set will not funcUon as
or tester, but wffl provide only a
cause the TEST Imp on the control unit to light,
passive link in the antenna
which indicates
al coupler main ltne.
normally.
that the transponder
mvttch is In
the OUT position (and no Mode Enable switches are
able level. If all checks
set is functioning
VSWR
on the same TEST lamp as above. When
the control unit W TEST/OUT/MON
circuit is checked to see that it is below the accept-
to the operator
checks the antenna
pulse spacing, signal frequency, and
power of the transponder reply, givtng a GO or NO-
frequency,
At the same time,
System VSWR
at
a frequency of 1030 + 0.5 MHz. If the transponder
VSm (Voltage
Decoding
and feeds this pulse-
harmonic generator into the aircraft transponder
and bracket
Frequency
inter-
rf oscillator at a frequency of
85.833 Mm (meg~ertz),
trmsponder,
Sensitivity
the CW (continuous wave) output of
a crystti-controlled
receiver
Receiver
mode of inter-
rogation pdse pairs in the desired IFF mode, uses
mdtiated
Transponder
of the trans-
and may be used
in a selected
the test set generates
them to mtidate
a. in series with the
Mne through the direction-
If any of the test results
does not meet the prescrihd
standards, the TEST
lamp will not light, indicating
that the transponder
NOTE
If a Mode Enable switch on the control unit
set is not operating properly.
should be placed tn the TEST position whtle 3 - 5 .
the RAD TEST/OUT/MON
In the Monitor mode of operation, a G(I indica-
tion is given when the trmsponder to a norm~ (externA) power,
frequency,
interrogation
bracket
switch is tn the
MON position, the Mode Enable switch will
properly replies
take precedence
and the reply
the selected
puke spacing, and antenna
and a test will be made tn
mode.
VWR are within preset limits. 3 - 8 . 3 - 6 .
As shown in the overall block diagram of
3 - 1 ,
the test set contains
and for continuous transponder. circuits
f i g u r e
circuits for in-flight testing
monitoring of the associated
The power
is also included.
~perat km (selected
regulator
needed
Io the Test mock
for these of
by the Mode Enable switches on
The test set requtres no standby power or warm-
up time.
The set is energtzed
Mode Enable switches cm the control unit in the TEXT
the RAD TEST/OUTMON energizing
the monitoring circuits.
al tests or checks
Monitor Mode Control
cm the transponder,
Regulator Control
line) or by p.king
switch in the MON position,
Monitor mode of operation,
simultaneously
either the
one of the four
position (grounding the appropriate
the associated control unit) the test set makes sever-
then sums up the combined results of these tests in a
by selecting
Test mode of operation by plactng
In uelec~g
a ground ta applted
the to
AIQ1, which tn turn actuates
A104. Grounding one of the four
3 - 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 mode selecting
lines into Test Modes Control AlQ2
puts an input into Regulator Control causes it to actuate lators
in the
AlQ4 which
the Power Switch/Voltage
A4 Regulator
Assembly.
This
be applied to the Test Enable third and last required
Gate A3U2A as the
input.
Regu-
assembly
3 - 1 2 .
With all three inputs present at the Test Enable
supplies +5 and +12 volts for the test set circuits.
Gate (read gate in reset condition,
These voltages are developed from the +28 volts fed
present,
into the circuit.
Test Enable Gate produces an output which actuates the Test Gate Generator
3 - 9 .
When power is first applied,
are supplied
all test set circuits
power, and the PRF Generator
will start
reply search gate
and Power Shaper P3 output present)
A3U3D/U3E
to initiate
Test Gate Generator
is applied as one input to the
Bracket
oscillator will start free-running, the 20 MHz Timing
inputs present simultaneously (decode
Oscillator
will start running, to their
and all “flip-flop”
cir-
stable (low output) state.
a
30 to 50 usec timing period. The output from the
operating at a rate of 400 + 50 pps, the 85.833 MHz
cuits will swjtch
the
Decode
Gate
A3U2B. With
A2, Power Shaper A3U4 A3U3D/U3E)
all three
of its
window from
output, and test gate
from
the Bracket Decode Gate generates
an
output which triggers the Decode Delay and Timer 3 - 1 0 .
When the first output pulse from the PRF
Generator
A3 U3 F/U5. The latter produces a O. 4psec negative
A3Q1/Q2/Q3 (figure 3-1) is applied to the
pulse, differentiated
so as to produce
Read Gate (A3Ul A/Ul B) the pulse resets it, causing
~sec) negative
it to produce a high level output which is applied to
psec positive pulse at the trailing
the Test Enable Gate A3U2A as one of three inputs
negative
required
0.4 u sec delayed,
to initiate
repetition
a reply evaluation.
frequency)
modulation
The prf (pulse
trigger is also routed to the
select and timing circuitry
pulse pair having the spacing
The code generator
test mode.
pulse- modulate
Evaluation
for the selected
input.
output is employed to
oscillator power amplifier
chain.
edge.
The but the
0.07 psec wide positive pulse is
passed on via Inverter
the output of an 85.833 MHz crystal
a narrow (O. 07
edge and a 0.07
pulse has no effect on the circuit,
to initiate a
required
pulse at the leading
A3 U3 F to the Composite
Gate A3U2C as the delayed bracket
decmde
When inputs are also present from the
frequency-checking checking circuits,
circuits and from the VSWRthe evaluating
circuits will pro-
duce a GO output which will light the TEST lamp on the control unit.
3 - 1 1 .
The pulsed rf output from the 85.833 MHz
Oscillator
A5A1Q1
is applied to a harmonic
circuit in the Multiplier/Mixer selects
the
twelfth
harmonic
Cavity (1030
coupled
Directional
Coupler
into the transponder The output level
Cavity
3 - 1 3 . cuits,
MHz). The 1030
MHz signal in the Multiplier/Mixer capacitively
multiplier
A5 Z1 which
A5 Z1 is
TEST MODE SWITCH CIRCUITS. Tkse cirlocated
Al, consist
on the Power and Control
of Test Mode Control
Test Control
A1Q3, and Regulator
to the SIG GEN probe in the
working in conjunction
Assembly, which
A2U6/U7/U8
in Timing
interrogation
to be simulated
feeds
the signal
as a simulated interrogation.
(between
-54 and -81 dbm) of the
simulated
interrogation
signal
connector
1J2 is determined
testing the transponder
at the TRANSPONDER
by the modulation
level
Assembly
A1Q2, Monitor/ Control
Assembly
Matrix
A2, The
mode
is determined
by which one
lines
(from the Mode Enable
switches
unit) is grounded.
The
set by the R-F OUT control on the Timing Assembly
ground is applied (through one of the four isolating
A2. If the
diodes) to the base of Test Modes Control
transponder
receiver
and decoding are correct, in the same mode
frequency,
the transponder
as the interrogation.
sensitivity,
This
reply
NOTE
(psec).
(It will normally occur within 3,0 * O. 5psec because
In order to obtain a TEST actuation
of the transponder
C a connection
that the reply analyzing to the simulated
circuits accept
interrogation
not to extraneous
interrogation.
activated
gate
The
pulse
Reply
simultaneously
the interrogation
permits
the
Gate
circuit
is
by means of a trigger from the
21psec output from the Pulse Selection
Matrix
Assembly A2. The output
of the Reply Search Gate Generator
pins
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
supplied by Altitude
Encoder.
)
A1Q2 provides outputs which are fed to both Monitor/
accept-
less than 5psec after Search
9 and 10 of lJ1 on the (normally
in mode
must be made between
Search Gate
with the P3 (last) pulse of
A2 U6/U7/U8 in the Timing
applied
only the replies
in the test set along with each
This
ance only of replies occurring the
) To ensure
from the test set and
signals, a Test Reply
pulse is generated interrogation.
specification.
A1Q2.
will reply
should occur within less than five microseconds
design
of
for the purpose of
of the four Mode Select on the control
A1Q4
with Pulse Selection
A3 U3B/U3C is
to the Test Enable Gate A3U2A as the second
Test Control AIQ3 (to enable Generator Control
in Evaluator
the Reply Search
Assembly
Al@ (to enable Regulator
supplying regulated individual
Gate
A3) and Regulator Assembly
A4,
power to the test circuits,
) The
mode selection lines are also connected
into the Pulse Selection
Matrix
A2U6/U7/U6
to enabh
the proper sections of the matrix
to produce pulse
pairs having the required
for the desired
interrogation
spacing
mode.
of three required inputs; the first being the reset output of the Read Gate A3 UIA/Ul B. If an SIF reply of
3 - 1 4 .
MONITOR
sufficient
located
in Power
within
power is received
the 5psec search period,
first bracket Detector
some portion of the
pulse P1 will be detected
by Power Level
A3Q10/Ql 1, passed through Power Shaper
A3U4 to produce
3 - 2
from the transponder
a O. lpsec reference pulse, and will
SWITCH CIRCUITS. and Control
These circuits,
Assembly
Al, consist
of Monitor Mode Control Al Q1, working in conjunction with
Regulator
Control
A1Q4.
When the Monitor
Enable
line, coming
from the RAD TEST/OUT/MON
switch
on the control unit, is grounded, Monitor
T . O . 1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 NAVAIR 16-35TS1848-2 T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
F i g u r e 3 - 1 . Overall Functional Block Diagzam,
TS-1843B/APX
3-3/(3-4
blank)
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 Mde Control
AIQI (normally
tO gy into non-conduction, Re~lator
Control
cmcfucting),
which
in turn causes
A1Q4 to conduct.
Regulator hsembly A4 to become apply regulated
3 - 1 5 .
sociated
is caused
This
nominal
causes
energized
in Test
and
is a transistor
located
Assembly Al which
Lamp Switch A1Q5
The
prf generator
or Monitor
mode
of operation.
evaluator
circuitry;
circuitry
and defines
in the latter
switch
in the
3 - 1 8 .
Precision encoding and decoding timing is pro-
source and by gating circuitry
the
transistor
when non-conducting,
is actuated
rate at which
monitor replies will be evaluated.
unit.
The switch
it resets evaluator
the maximum
vided by a crystal-controlled
closed switch;
rate and resets
cm the Power and Control
acts as a solid-state
conducting,
appears
as a
it appears open.
by the voltage
coming from pin 15 cd the Evaluator
lishing the pulse spacing
on the line
pulse spacing
for the test mode selected
and programs the performance reply
Assembly A3.
‘This line will go low, causing AIQ5 to conduct,
only
bracket
are contained
spacing
reference
which aids in estab-
evaluators
evaluation).
in the Timing
These
(including circuits
Assembly A2. a The
when all tests have been passed and a GO indication
relative timing of test set functions is shown in
(lit)
3 - 2 ,
is desired
orI the control
unit TEST
lamp.
The
lamp.
mode
of operation,
cm while the GO condition
the monitoring two seconds,
mode
of operation,
3 - 1 9 .
the lamp
continues;
and off while the GO condition
A crystal-controlled
lator with an accuracy
in
simulated
continues.
to accurately interrogation
properly monitor
are provided by a master trigger controlled
5 - 1 .
pulse spacing reference which aids in establishing
oscil-
This degree
of precision
define the spacing
of the
pulse pairs for testing and to
the reply bracket
pulse spacing.
The clock circuit consists of crystal-controlled
amd timing
generator,
continuous-wave
of better than O. 05’% (better
and pulse spacing reference. is required
and will cycle on
‘TIMING CIRCUITS. Synchronization
circuitry
t a b l e
than 0.01 p sec in 20 psec) provides a precise timing
it will go on for
then will be turned off automatically,
cm again after a few milliseconds,
3 - 1 6 .
f i g u r e
Sequence Chart. A list of test points
at 28 volts cic to light the indicator
IrI the testing
will remain
Timing
showing the signals at each is given in
Lamp Switch A1Q5 can supply a current up to 50 milliamperes
at a
In the former
the basic test interrogation
line from +28 volts to the TEST lamp on the control men
operates
rate of 400 h 50 pulses per second and is on
it provides
power to the test set circuits.
LAMP SWITCH CIRCUITS.
circuitry.
MHz Oscillator
a crystal
A2Q1, Gated
Amplifier
source, and gating
by- Four Counter
the test mode
A2 U3, and Time Base Generator
20
A2Q2, Divide-
A2U2, Divide-by-Five
Counter
A2 U4/U5/UIA.
ctie configuration and programs the performance 3 - 2 0 .
evaluators.
The cw output of 20 Mf-fz Oscillator
into Gated
Amplifier
A2Q1 is fed
A2Q2, which is gated on by Count
3 - 1 7 . The trigger (prf ) generation function is perform-
Gate Generator
ed by a stable unijunction
count gate trigger signal from the Count Gate Trigger
M A T R I X
U 4 A - 1 3
G A T E
I N P U T
M O D E
C
(0
(A3Q2) and as-
Table
Inputs
3-1.
to
Pulse
Select
Matrix
A2U1B when it is triggered on by a
Required
for
Outputs
*
A N D
P1
transistor
P i n
U4A-8
U4A-9
U4B-6
A
A
U4B-5 B
B
P i n
P i n
U 5 A - 8
U 5 A - 9
C
R
U 5 B - 6
U 5 B - 5
D
D
U1A-8
U1A-9 E
E
P i n
P i n
M - C
1 0
1 2
11(b)
11(a)
1 3
11(c)
M - 3
M O D E 3 P 1 ( 1 3 µ s e c )
P i n
P i n
P i n
P i n
A2U6
5
3(a)
4
2
M O D E
2
P1
µsec)
(16
A 2 U 7 A
M O D E
1
PI
µsec)
(18
A 2 U 7 B
F R E Q .
G A T E
P i n 9
B
T E S T
G A T E
P i n
µsec)
A 2 U 6 A
M O D E
P i n
P i n
1
3(b)
M - 2 P i n
P i n
P i n
P i n
3(a)
1
3(b)
P i n
P i n
5
4
P i n
P i n
Pin
P i n
P i n
9
1 2
10
1 3
11
2
M - 1
T E S T P i n
P i n
Pin
P i n
P i n
A 2 U 8 A
5
2
4
1
3
A L L M O D E S P3 (21 µsec)
P i n
P i n
P i n
P i n
A 2 U 8 B
9
1 0
1 3
1 2
(19
µsec)
* Matrix inputs identified
by Time Base Generator
I
output numbers and logic letters assigned. 3 - 5
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 Select
circuit
in the
Evaluator
Assembly.
The
20 MHz
3 - 2 4 .
output of A2Q2 is divided by four in Divide-by-Four
Mixer
Counter
A2U2A/U2B,
MHz
Counter
A2U3 which
Generator
A2U1B.
then by five in Divide-byis also gated
The
1 MHz
passed on to the Time Base where 0
µ
21
a series
sec, µ
13
sec.
µ
sec,
These
Selection
16
µ
18
µsec,
unit select
1),
5
µ
sec
21
µ
s e c (for mode C).
(for mode 2),
to simulate
19
µsec,
mode
8
µ
sec
3
µ
sec
pairs of (for mode
correct
Generator
signals in the desired mode f i g u r e
3 - 3 ) .
A2U9 which establishes the
modulation
Modulator
pulse
A2Q3/Q4
interrogation Generator
width,
which
to
for injection
1030 MHz
into the transponder
a direct
transponder and its antenna, and incoming
vides means
A5.
interrogation
for sampling
generated
test
coupler assembly
link between
in actuality
probe,
signals
“probe”
and the VSWR
sections;
from, a frequency
signal)
amplified
in
The main conductor
of the directional
Coupler
are contained
Assembly A7 which is placed
the
Evaluator
Assembly
coupier
3 - 2 6 .
calibrated
resistive
signal
coupler. this signal
the signal
Oscillator
Probe
forward-going off the antenna
pulse-coded circuits,
Power Level Detector Assembly. reflected
) At the
signal
and sensitivity
capability
3 - 6
time
the two
probes
in the
A7. A sample
output signal
of the
is picked
and passed
on to
A6 (as well as to the
A3Q10/Qll in the Evaluator
same
time,
a sample
of any
coming back down the antenna is taken
and filtered
line to-
off by the VSWR probe,
in the Detector/Filter,
fed into the VSWR Adjust Assembly
The PWR voltage positive
Gated and
consisting
Amplifier
Multiplier/
and
the
and
A6.
This
voltage
network is
is negative.
By
adding the two in the resistive or error voltage is produced to the ratio
of the two voltages
A high proportion
power and the associated
Voltage
and
Standing
of reflected
Wa\re
to forward
high standing
of some impedance
network,
which is
wave ratio
mismatch
or dis-
continuity.
of the 85.833 MHz 3 - 2 7 .
by the modulating
replies correctly
markings to
power level,
the receiver are considered
tuned to be correct,
the decoding of the simulated
will have checked out the decoding
The acceptance
A6R6 may
is fed into the
frequency,
of the transponder.
Ratio.
fed into the comparison VSWR
to the associated
is indicative
the
line through the directional
having precise
interrogation
precisely
line by the PWR probe, demodulated
over the channel
for test purposes.
When the transponder
and at the same
signal)
Assembly
in the Detector/Filterj
demodulated
is part of
is used to simulate
signal
and pulse characteristics, frequency
A5A1Q3,
which
(12th harmonic
antenna
of an adjustable,
network for comparing
transponder
in Directional
generator
A5A1Q1,
Amplifier
from the timing
transponder
to define an acceptable
and VSWR (reflected
incidentally
1030 MHz signal
E\raluation
derived from the power (forward-going
proportional
include
oscillator signal),
pin 8, and through
VSWR CIRCUITS. The VSWR Adjust Assembly
circuits
interrogation
ier
is fed into the
it is applied as one of three
A6 consists primarily
RECEIVER/SIGNAL GENERATOR CIRCUITS.
normal
in Detector,/Amplif
reply.
algebraically
Cavity A5z1,
i-f
it is passed through
signal
A3 through
inputs required
These
Mixer
is
If the
Buffer A3Q14 to the Composite
3 - 2 3 .
A5A1Q2, Tuned
and amplified
The demodulated
ward the transponder
circuits.
rod.
MHz
A5AlQ4/Q5/Q6.
A5A1Q7.
a difference
of 85.833
input to the signal
main casting; the probes and
cjrcuits
and conductor
Amplifier
the VSWR Adjust Assembly
and filters
into a channel which is an integral
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
is heterodyned
60 MHz i-f signal
signal is of the proper frequency,
and filtered
a
and feeds
and power evaluator
the
in one;
probe, (forward signal)
probe (reflected
detector/filter
check modulation
and the resulting
Directional
includes
outputs to the VSWR
assembled
signal
with a 1030 MHz signal resulting
generator
signal)
a forward
section which demodulates
from the power
of
probe, and a test
The assembly
probe.
Detector/Filter the signals
of the
Cavity A5 Z1 in Receiver/Signal
in the Mixer Cavity
voltages
directional
is three couplers
a reverse power
signal injection
The
the
reply
signals. It pro-
the transmitter
signals.
it has three independent power
A sample
The 1090 MHz signal
Gate A3U2C where
both for outgoing
passing through, and it permits the injection locally
enter
through the
COUPLER. The Directional
Assembly provides
signals
of an interrogator set.
Assembly
connector.
Multiplier/Mixer
coincident
DIRECTIONAL
Coupler
TRANSPONDER
transponder
Coupler
of the
whirh
is picked off by the SIG GEN probe and fed into the
Frequency
receiver.
3 - 2 2 .
portion
frequency
a circuit
The 1090 MHz signal from the transponder
is demodulated
passes the simulated
pulse pair along to the Receiver/Signal
pulse signals
A5A1Q4 ‘Q5 ‘Q6, 60
Detector/Amplifier
the narrow-passband 60 MHz Filter A5A1FL1, then
then is applied
A5 to be used in producing
the receiver
Generator
The selected PUISC pair is passed through Code
Duration
simulates
3 - 2 5 .
These pulse pairs will be used
interrogation
and
replies by providing
the Directional
(for mode 3), and
for testing the transponder receiver (see
3 - 2 1 .
and
gate lines
the appropriate
outputs to produce pulses spaced at
consisting of Multlpller
outputs at
are all fed into Pulse
Matrix A2U6/U7/U8 where
from the control
A5A1FL1,
transponder
A2U4/U5/UIA
produces
Filter
circuit,
A5Z1, Amplifier
A5A1Q7 is used to check the signal
of A2U3 is
Generator
sec,
outputs
on by Count Gate
output
of JK flip-flops
Five
The receiver Cavity
internal
threshold set by VSWR control
be at any level
b:)tween
6 and 12 db. (Dial
are 6, 9, and 12 db. ) By means VSWR
CAL control A6R2,
VSWR control are precisely calibrated so that the settings output voltage
are
accurate
(error signal)
µ
s e c
within
+1. 5 db. The
Asseml]!:;
The signal is passed through O.
Delay Line A3DL1,
of the
at ~he factory
from VSWR Adjust
Assembly A6 is fed into the Evaluator through pin 13.
of the
the settings
which delays
A3 1 8
the signal
T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 NAVAIR 16-35TS1848-2 TM-11-6625-1646-24-1
Figure
3 - 2 . Timing
Sequence Chart 3-7/(3-8
blank)
NAVAIR
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure 3-3.
3-9
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 slightly
to permit ensuing measurements
at the center
to be taken
of each signal pulse for the best accura-
cy. It is then
applied
to the
VSWR
Recognition
circuit
psec and provides a drive signal for the “ratio” “rate”
the first succeeding
ur
The read gate is reset by
reply evaluators.
prf trigger.
(A3Q12) which produces an output only if the signal is above
the
reject
amplified
the Composite three
threshold
level.
by Amplifier/Inverter Evaluation
coincident
This
output
Note that if the transponder
is
A3Q13 and applied to
Gate A3U2C as one of its The A3Q13
inputs.
output remains
continuously rogations,
the read gate will be “on” almosl When
each transponder
correct
replies
repIy on a reply-by-reply
least
to more
than 80(!,
in response
to
reply evaluation
Reply power, Reply
basis includes:
both bracket
bracket
spacing
is provided
comprise IN control
preset threshold trigger
and A3Q11
threshold
which
amplifier.
will not be ampIified A3U4.
R- F
The
below
the
sufficiently
to
power shaper are narrow pulses approximately
0 . 1
The first bracket evaluation
precision clock system
pulse initiates
timing cycle of the
( p a r a g r a p h
3 - 4 2 ) .
µ
the
initiating
s e c , starting at approximately pulse
input Bracket test
gate,
Decode
the decode
coincidence,
20.15
bracket
Gate
pulse).
nominally
20.1
to
20.5
that
µ
A3U2B signifies adequate
network,
by Inverter
Composite
vide the balance
A3U2C.
Decode Gate
output
decode
The
input A5
is within
and the narrow positive will be accepted,
delayed
producing
output
(A3U1A
of the Read Gate inhibits
output
all signal
for its duration of nominally
3 - 1 0
provides
chain
of operation
(A3U6 enabled
famp.
the test integrator
and A3CR5) and the monitor (the
A3R27 and A3CR1O the sample-and-hold
acts as a steering
the m{mitor
until
tially
5 1(J 10 are re[’eived,
state,
enabling
the
required firing
Swit(h
A3Q9
via
test
A3R31,
lamp
to charge
the sequen-
to its
A3R32,
and A3CR13,
as described
above,
(approximately
As A3Q9 monitor
fires,
being transmitted,
state
2 seconds) to the
discharging
sample-and-hold
and if acceptable
and
This
A3C1O via A3R31 and A3R34
it resets the
multivibrator, are still
binary
to
gate
whereupon is toggled,
the s:~r]lI)le-atld-h[jld
level of A3Q9.
A3C1O,
and A3Q9)
which provides drive to the lamp driver
stage
lighting
(A3Q8
active.
in one state
step counter, cou”n(ing read
Integrator
toggling
“read”
integrator
device,
transponder
the cycle
binary replies
will repeat.
3 - 2 9 .
TIMING SEQUENCE. The Timing
Chart in
f i g u r e
It also ass~mes
3 - 2
that a reply
to the test set inte~ro-
gation will be put out by the transponder the
last
other
pulse
of the
Sequence
is based on a mode 1 test operation.
interrogation.
3
µ
sec
test modes and for monitor operation
explained
after
Differences
for
will be
later.
2500
3 - 3 0 .
As shown in the Timing
Sequence
action starts with the application
ground which turns on power to all circuits,
actuating the
Chart, the
of an M-1 Mode
the clock circuits,
Signal
1 activates
Generator the proper
(A2U6/U7/U8)
the PRF Generator,
circuits.
The
choice
Pulse Selection
circuits
to produce
gation pulses spaced 3 JJ sec apart
and
of mode
Matrix
a pair of interro-
(18
and
21
µ
sec
outputs) .
decode
an inverted
is employed
the Read Gate Binary multivibrator state
evalua-
acceptable
trigger output from A3U2C, and identifying This
inputs
Enable
receiver
input will be high if the
trigger
to its “read”
of A3U3F
input will be high if VSWR is
reply frequency
reply.
bracket
signal
of the inputs to the composite
limits,
correct
s e c
and reshaped
The
bracket
Gate
the frequency
transponder
µ
and the VSWR channel output pro-
tion gate; the VSWR acceptable,
2 0 . 3
as one input of the triple
Evaluation
output (frequency)
A3Q6
A3U5, a differentiation
A3U3F.
as the delayed
and is employed
a bracket
power and acceptable
Delay Generator
and
is identified
by the
the reply bracket
This output is delayed
spacing limits. by the Active
triple
of triple
sec.
Thus the output of Bracket
sec.
s e c after
A3U2B is enabled
can occur, signifying
µ
J drive
A3Q6 if an
window, and the power shaper
spacing is within the allowable limits of ±0.3
µ
The
During the possible interval
A3U4 outputs.
decode
(start
by tiveraging
transistor
In turn,
is held for the time interval
The clock
system output is a decode “window” of approximately 0.4
exists.
mode
act as a storage
Monitor
of the
a bracket spacing
Enable
goes high) allowing
allowing
The
power Ievel to
respond. Signals
Power Shaper
s e c in duration.
Driver
ratio
This flip-flop
outputs
µ
the
are identified
binary multi vibrator (A3Ul C/UID) to become
or power level detection
by A3Q1O
set will
conditions
drive power to Lamp Switch A1Q5 and an energizing
integrator
establishes the minimum
which the test
input to Lamp
Junction
an adjustable
to at
and must indicate
the ON time of the read gate and providing
output is diso.blccl
Antema system VSWR
function
These
ceived.
In the Monitor
pulses
Reply frequency
The reply power analyzer
~~te
reply
the test set must
voltage for the remote GO/NO-GO
interrogations.
The correct
con-
read
a GO if correct replies are received
acceptable
responses at a rate of at
100 pps have been transmitted
external
the
NO-GO if fewer than 50?, correct replies are re-
that
or, in the Monitor mode,
that more than 5 correct
mode
least 80~, of the test interrogations
basis,
a determination
are being receives
of the test interrogations,
Monitor
When in the Test mode
indicate
functions of analyzing
and, in the Test mode, making
in the
and
test inter-
tinuously.
ciecision. EVALUATION CIRCUITS. The circuitry of
this group has the principal
correctly
generated
will be “on” for 2500 psec for each correct
high if the VSWR is acceptable.
3 - 2 8 .
is replying
to the internally
one
to toggle
A3U1A (UIB low). This state processing
3 - 3 1 . (18th
The second significant pulse
in 1 MHz
clock
event occurs at signal).
modulation pulse, width-standardized
The at
1 8
µ s e c
mode
1 P!
0.8
sec
µ
(A5 rf output) by Duration Generator A2U9, is applied to Modulator A2Q3/Q4 which applies it tO t!le 1030 MHz Signal Generator, in the rf interrogation
producing
signal.
the P1 pulse
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 3 - 3 2 .
At the 19psecclockccmnt,
Cheek
Gate Generator
the 19 K sec output
the Frequency
A3U12&@12B
from
the Pulse
matrix output will be used (5 p sec before P3), in
is activated
Select
by
Matrix.
The
mode 3 the 13 ~ sec pulse (8 ~ sec before P3), and in Mode C, the “O” #see output (21 ~ sec before P3).
Frequency Check Gate gates the signal generator on during the 2 psec period when the reply “stop” brack-
3 - 3 8 .
et signal frequency is to be checked (by heterodyning
the power circuits are actuated
with 1030 Mfiz signal and passing through a 60 MHz
Control
filter. ) The 19 pst?e output
and Monitor/Test
Delay Generator
also activates
Window
A2UI0 which puts out a delayed
window trigger to Window
Duration
Generator
When the Monitor mode of operation is used,
AIQ1 rather
operation,
A2U11,
the
Control
signals
activated by the Time Base Generator Since the reply signals being analyzed
introduced
by A2U1O
(figure
3-3).
are in response
provides a point to introduce vernier delay control in
to external
the decde
to the test set, the, reply search gating function is
window timing.
interrogations having no time relationship
discontinued 3 - 3 3 .
The “stop” bracket
from the “start” bracket
pulse, spaced 20.3 @ec
and shaped to 0.1 p sec
and replies
oscillator signal
within the 30 to 50p sec Test Gate also applied to
the time of receipt
Decode
Gate
A3U2B. Bracket
Decode
Delay
and
Shaper
Decode
Gate
pulse which triggers
A3U3/U5. Decode
on during the frequency
so the modulator
check
period.
as described above:
Frequent y Check Trigger is generated
and Shaper A3U3/U5 produces a 0.07 p sec pulse at
point, and evaluation Sample/Hold
pulse. (This
From
the first
goes
on as before.
The
Monitor
A3 UIC and D, Clamp A3Q7, and
centers the decode pulse cm the frequency and VSWR
Monitor Integrator
the TEST lamp on for a 2 second period, then off, and on again,
At the 21P sec clock count, the P3 modulation
pulse is prtiuced.
It follows
Generator
A3U3B/U3C
out-
to initiate
the 5psec Reply
to Count Gate Generator
3 - 3 9 .
DETAfLED
3 - 4 0 .
A “start” bracket
reply pulse nominally
0.45
POWER AND CONTROL ASSEMBLY Al.
first clock puke (assuming
a reply 3 psec after the
1% pulse) will be narrowed to O. 1 p sec
by Power Shaper A3U4 and applied The
The Test
Gate will wply a pulse to Test Gate Generator
A3U3D/U3E
which will generate
a test gate pulse 30
to 50p sec long, applying it to Bracket A3U2B. The test gate is also applied the! Pulse Selection
Decode
Gate
to A2U8A in
Matrix readying the 19 psec AND
The 0.07 # sec pulse is fed into the Composite
Evaluation
as low as 17 volts. Power consumption
3 - 4 1 . filter
actuates numkr
At this time,
htegrator/Affer
A3U1/UIB
Switch
to
up of AIR11,
causes it to
actuate &mp Driver Enable A3Q6 and Lamp Switch Ala, giving a GO indication.
MWA, termhttig
It is
then passed through transient suppressor diode A1CR7, and past negative
spike
clipper
A1CR8, after
which part goes on out of the Al assembly
to the
Regulator Assembly A4 (through A4J1 pin 7) while is applied
through A1R12 to the emitter
A1Q5 (a PNP transistor).
When the
A1Q5 base is grounded through limiting resistor output stage,
the transistor
will conduct current through limiting resistor
AIR15
light the TEST indicator Base
lamp on the control unit.
bias for A1Q5 is supplied
by A1R13. AC bypass-
ing is provided by Al C9 and A1C3.
At the same time, 3 - 4 2 .
disables Test Enable Gate
testing, until the next prf pulse
resetn the read gate d is applied
TIMfNG ASSEMBLY A2. The basic timing
element in the Timing Assembly (Figures 3-5 md 3-5A) is the FET (Field Effect Transistor)
to Count Gate
‘Mgger Select A3 U6B causing it to start Count Gate
A2Q1. The frequency
Generator
20 MHz Crystal A2Y1, connected
NUIB for the next interrogation
sequence.
of oscillation
When tests are initiated in interrogation
modes
other than mode 1, the action is the same except the timing of the PI pulses: in mode
for
2, the 16P sec
by
source and
of . 05% or better.
Power (+12v) for the oscillator transistor through
Oscilktc:
is determined
between
gate, which holds it to an accuracy 3 - 3 7 .
by an RC
A1C8, and A1C2.
and out through pin 8 of the POWER connector lJ1 to
A3Q4
A3Q5, and (if a sufficient
of correct replies are occurring)
Read Gate A3UIMUIB
if
is less than
Incoming +28 volt power is filtered made
A1R14 by the evaluator
Gate A3?J2C, which puts out a pulse to
reset the read gate.
It will not be damaged
the input should rise to as high as 30 volts or drop to
of Lamp Switch
Reti Gate A3 UI. This pulse causes
3 - 4 ) .
pin 2. Input
may vary from 21 to 29 volts without affecting
the remainder
Gate .
3 - 3 6 .
grounded
within the
5 ~ sec Reply Search Gate and is accepted. Enable
to the test set
16 watts.
to Test Enable
0.1 psec pulse falls
voltage
line is through
the test set performance.
p sec wide occurring at a point 24 psec after the
A3U2A.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.
Primary power at +28 volts is applied
The return
Gate
for as long as the correct
replies continue.
through pin 1 of POWER connector lJ1 ( f i g u r e
A2 UIB to stop the clock pulse counting.
interrogation
repeating
to drive
as an input to Reply Search Gate
Search Gate, and is applied
3 - 3 5 .
A3Q8/Q9 are activated
the same path to the
rf output as the P1 pulse. The 21 p sec matrix put is also applied
a
at the 19p sec
pdses . )
3 - 3 4 .
The
a Test Gate and Reply Count Gate,
the trailing
edge of the 0.5p sec delay
randomly.
of a reply start @acket pulse,
the test set functions pulse initiates
Delay
accepted
during monitoring,
is gated
Bracket
are
test set signal generator is required to supply a local
width, falls within the 0.40 p sec window period and
A3U2B puts out an “accept”
in
so the Pulse Select Matrix is not
&ctie
delay
of
are generated
which feeds the 0.40 psec window pulse to Bracket Gate A3U2B. The
A1Q2
A1Q3. In this mode
no interrogation
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X ,
through Monitor Mode.
than Test Mode Control
is supplied
choke A2L1 and resistor A2R2, and is by-
pilSSSd by A2CI.
Resistor A2R1 and diode A2CR1
3 - 1 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
provide a bias source
forthe
oscillator signal is coupled
gate
of A2Q1.
one gate (pin 3) of dual gate Oscillator A2Q2.
A second
permit
input
to be gated
A2C2 to
Gate Amplifier
on the other gate (pin
the transistor
The
through capacitor
2) will
on. This second
and Op sec (21 ~sec
earlier)
and C, res~ectivelv.
Whichof
for modes
1, 2, 3/A,
the NAND gates (other
than 2’1 p sic NAND Gate A2u8B) will put out a pulse will be determined
by the application
to one of the four Mode Gate
of a gate signal
input lines.
For exampl
input is a gate pulse from the Count Gate Generator
when a mode 1 gate (A2J1 pin 16) is fed in (through
A2 U1 B. The 20 MHz output
pins 5 and 6 of Mode Gate Inverter
of A2Q2 is coupled
through A2VR3 to the input (pin 1) of the +4 Counter A2U2, which
is enabled
The two sections
by the count gate from A2u1B.
of integrated
circuit A2U2 are con-
Gate A2U7B (18~ see) in the Pulse Selection When
inputs
are present
on pins
The output (pin 13) of section A is fed into
A2U4B-5,
A2U4A-8,
A2U1A-9,
the input (pin 5) of section B so that the final output
this AND gate
will occur only when the 18th clock pulse in the series has entered
or 5 MHz.
represents 3 - 4 3 .
The 5 MHz output of the i-4 Counter (pin 8) is
fed into the biquinary integrated-circuit
+5 Counter
A2U3 which is an
decade counter containing
vide both a +-2 circuit application
and a +-5 circuit,
put at pin 1 will be divided input from the +4 Counter to a frequency
of lMHz.
to pro-
The in-
by 5 at pin 8. The 5 MHz
output. (This
This inverted output pulse
mode
1 interrogation.
passed on to input pin 4 of Duration
It is
Generator
A2U9,
which establishes the pulse width as approximately
nominally
an rf output pulse
O. 8 ,u sec in duration. Control and adjust-
ment of the pulse duration
In this
only the + 5 section is employed.
the counter). P1 of the
an inverted
0.95 ~sec, which will produce
four
binary counters and two gates interconnected
produce
and from
respectively)
at pin 8 is the 20 MHz input frequency
divided by 4,
will
and
Matrix.
9, 10, 12, and 13 of
A2U7B (from the “O” input of A2U4A,
nected so that each section acts as a binary (+2) counter.
A2U12F) the gate
is applied through diode A2CR9 to pin 11 of AND
provided by means
from O. 8 to 1.0 psec is
of A2R33 and variable
resistor
A2R34.
will now be divided down
Counting
NOTE
occurs during the
period of the count gate pulse fed from pin 5 of the Count Gate Generator +5 Counter “clock”
or reference
Base Generator
which provides
in time required
simulated interrogation modes and for timing
for spacing
models
(Serial No. 4999 and
below) the modulation set by selecting
signal, is fed into the Time
(A2U4/U5/UIA)
puts at the points
In earlier
A2U1B into pins 2 and 3 of the
The 1 MHz output, used as a
A2U3.
pulse duration is
a resistance
value for
A2R12 which will provide a P3 pulse
out-
the
duration of O. 9 ~0. 5 #sec. (Refer
pulse pairs in the various
to
parts listing and usable on codes for range and selection
the reply pulse evaluation.
of resistance
values
to be used. ) 3 - 4 4 .
The Time Base Generator
caded With
an input (“clock”)
pulses are applied With
which are spaced
each input pulse, a change
various
five-section
points
3 - 4 7 .
(flip-flops).
signal frequency
of high and low potentials from
consists of a cas-
series of five binary counters
of lMHz,
1 ~sec apart.
is made in the pattern
on the ten output lines taken
in the series
of flip-flops.
counter is automatically
The
reset by the 21
p sec gate output.
During the same gating period, inputs are being
applied to pins 9, 10, 12,. and 13 of NAND Gate A2U8B (21# see) from the “O” input, and from A2U4-9, A2U1A-9,
and
A2U5-9,
respectively.
only when the 21st clock
This
pulse has entered
will
occur
the counter.
The 21 p sec output is fed into the Duration Generator A2U9,
then the A2U9
output is applied
A2Q3 of the Modulator circuit.
to Amplifier
The 21 ~sec pulse
serves as the P3 pulse and the 18 ~sec pulse (3 psec 3 - 4 5 .
The ten outputs from the Time Base Generator,
plus the 1 MHz input signal,
are connected
NAND gates of the Pulse Selection U8 in such a way that a certain
into the six
Matrix A2U6/U7/
NAND gate will give
earlier)
serves as the P1 pulse in the interrogation.
The combined signal
is sent out of the A2 assembly
(through A2J1 pin 7) as the signai lation
signal.
The maximum
level
generator
an output only at a point in the pulse counting sequence
put is adjusted
when the proper pattern
of the modulation
signal
minimum
level is determined
its input lines.
of high potentials
exists on
Thus, NAND Gate A2U6A will give an
output only at the “O” time
point, A2U6B at the 13
~ sec point, A2U7A at the 16 ~ sec point, and A2U7B,
by means
settable
modu-
of the A2Q3 out-
of A2R20. The output
level
is set by A2R21, while the
The A2R20 and A2R22 adjustments
by A2R22.
calibrate
the
R-F OUT control A2R21.
A2U8A, and A2U8B at the 18 psec, 19P see, and 21 ~ sec points, respectively.
The outputs
from
Time Base Generator are shown graphically in 3 - 3 .
T a b l e
puts required
3 - 1
the
f i g u r e
shows the Pulse Selection Matrix in -
to obtain
the various
outputs.
3 - 4 8 .
Modulator A2Q3, fed by the interrogation
from Duration Generator able output, permitting through Gated Amplifier generator
3 - 4 6 .
The 21 psec output is used to develop the P3
pulse in all modes, while from the outputs occurring
the P1 pulse is developed at 18 psec (3 ~sec earlier).
16 psec (5 psec earlier), 13P sec (8p sec earlier),
3 - 1 2
providing
pulses
A2U9, provides an ad] ust -
controj of the rf signal level A5A1Q2 to the harmonic
in Multiplier/Mixer
Cavity
A5Z1, and thus
control of the test set rf output level.
Modulator A2Q4, driven by the reply Frequent Check Generator
A2U12A/U12B
full supply potential
y
switches nearly the
onto the Gated Amplifier
A5A1Q2,
T . O . N A V A I R
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 1 6 - 3 5 T S 1 8 4 8 - 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure
3 - 4 . Power and Control Assembly Al and Regulator Assembly A4, Schematic Diagram 3-13/(3-14 blank)
T . O . 1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 NAVAIR 16-35TS1848-2 T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
F i g u r e 3 - 5 . Timing Assembly A2, Schematic Diagram (Ser. Nos. Below 5000)
3-15/(3-16
blank)
T . O . N A V A I R
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 1 6 - 3 5 T S 1 8 4 8 - 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure
3 - 6 . Timing Assembly A2, Schematic Diagram (Ser. Nos. 5000 and Higher)
3-17/(3-18 blank)
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 prducing
muimum
drive ad maximum
rf output.
marily by A3R3 and PRF Adjust potentiometer
A3R2.
The R-F OUT level control A2R21 has dial markings
On assemblies (Serial No. 12,048 and higher) the
indicating
chargfng rate of A3C2 is prtmarily
-55,
accurately
-65,
and
calibrated
-75
dbm.
The
control
is
at these points bv means
of
the PRF adjust potentiometer
A2mo anti MR22.
the proper resistance
3 - 4 9 .
negative
determined
by
A3R2 and selection
cd
value from 68 Kohm to 100
Kohm for resistor A3R3. When the UJT f frets, a The m~e 2, 3/A, and C modulation pulse pairs
are developed
in a similar
Mode Gate-bverter
manner.
In mode
pulse is developed
at base 2 @ 4) whfch
is coupled through A3C4 to one input (pin 9) of the
2.
A2U12E is used for the m&fe
Read Gate A3UlA~UlB.
The same pulse is coupled
gate input, while in modes 3 I’A and C, Mode Gate
through A3C3 to the emitter-follower
hverters
as an external
A2U12D
and A2U12C
are used. The P1
pulse is prduced in mode 2 by the 16~ sec AND
developed
Gate A2U?A, while in modes 31A and C, the 13P sec
nected directly
AND Gate (NU6B) and the OP see AND Gate (A2U6A)
Trigger Select circuit A3U6B.
are used.
A3Q3 for use
sync signal. A positive pulse is also
at base 1 (pin 2) of the UFT which is conto input pin 9 of the Count Gate
In all modes the 21 Asec AND Gate A2U8B
is used to prduce
the I?3 pulse.
3 - 5 4 .
The function of the gating transistor A3Q1 is to
reset the timing cycle during the Test Gate interval 3 - 5 0 .
During &e reply frequsmc y check, the output of
in order to establish a fixed duration timing
cycle
the 19 p sec AND Gate UU8A is applied to the Window
when the Test Set is in the monitor
Delay Generator
A3QI is gated on by the Test Gate, discharging
Generator
MUIO which drives Window
A2UI 1 to prduce a Bracket
Duration
Decode witw
dow gate pdse which is fed out of the assembly A2JI pin 2 to the Bracket Evaluator
Assembly.
able by Window
Decode
Gate A3U2B in the
The delay of A2 U1O is adjust-
Nlay Adjust A2R28, while
duration is set by selecting cm assemblies Serial semblies
through
the A2U11
the proper A2R15 value
No. 1 through
using board Serial
4999. OrI as-
No. 5000 and higher,
the A2?JII wtidw duration is controlled ed by means of A2R35 and variable
and adjust-
forcing the charge timing the termination discharge
mode of operation.
of the Test Gate period.
at
As this
mode is more thorough than the UJT
emitter discharge, rapid partial recharge of the timing
capacitor
is provided via clamp diode A3CFtl.
The test set may be sync-locked equipment
to external
test
(operating at an equal or slightly higher
prf) by the application
of the external
sync signal
through A3TP1, A3R4, and A3C2 to the UJT emitter.
resistor
A2R36. The psec output of Frequency Check
3 - 5 5 .
@nerator A2U1 W/Ul 2B is applied to Modula-
able
tor A2Q4 which puts it cm the output line of Modulator
ing of two cross-coupled dual-input
A2Q3 so that it also goes out cm the Signal Generator
is switched
Modulation
put of the prf generator.
line. The output
A3C2,
cycle to be reinitiated
of the 21A sec AND Gate
The Read Gate A3 UIA/B identifies an accept-
reply evaluation.
This is a binary
unit consist-
gate elements.
It can be set to the “Read”
A2U8B is put out through pin 3 of A2JI as the Reply
state only by a trigger from the composite
Search Gate, Trigger and Clock Count term ination.
gate A3U2C,
3 - 5 1 .
the absence of acceptable
evaluation
and will be reset by the next prf trigger.
Note that the read gate may be “off” continuously EVALUATOR ASSEMBLY A3. This assembly
contains
the prf generator cm self synchronization
circuitry
which
programs the test cycle, evaluation
circuitry which defines the acceptability transponder
replies,
and control circuitry
to enable
the TEST lamp switch when a G(3 decision has been achieved.
Trmsponder
reply analysis
reply power level, reply bracket frequency,
and antenna
system
ever, it can remain Recurrence
is based upon
pulse spacing, reply
off until the termination
PRF Generator
of a unijunction
A3Q1/Q2/Q3 consists essentially
transistor
(UJT) relaxation
oscillator
A3Q2 with a reset (gating)
transistor
and an isolation amplifier
which provides an output
for synchronizing Generator
external
develops
which determines
amplifier
equipment.
The
(prf) of the simulated
interrogation
PRF
frequency
signal (Pl and P3).
It also resets the read gate and count gate circuits at the same rate. PEW’ Generator adjustable
by
The frequ?ncy of operation
is nmninallv PRF
Adjust
Enable Gate A3U2A.
cap&itor
transistor
A3Q4.
switch
higher (12 v) voltage Monitor integrator
A3C2 is determined
pro-
levels used for the Test and
3 - 5 6 .
Test evaluations are initiated
the prf generator
by an output of
supplying a trigger,
via A3U6
count gate trigger select, to the timing causing
test interrogations
to be generated
assembly
of the selected
and routed
A2,
test mode
to the transponder,
as
discussed under A2 and A7.
the PWR probe of the directional
levei.
transistor
systems.
3 - 5 7 .
the triggering
charging rate of capacitor
The
Gate
of
from the 5 volt logic system to the
C-ontroi
fires when the voltage
A3C~ reach&
of the Read
of the
‘-
The basic oscillator is the unijunction transistor
A3Q2 which re~eatedlv
The ON state
400 DIM (i 50 PPS), ‘A3R2.
The OFF state
is translated to a high output at the collector
The Transponder
modulated 3 - 5 3 .
cycle.
A3Q1
a synchronizing trigger signal
the basic pulse repetition
it is reset
of the next
of the Read Gate provides a high input to the Test
vides a transition 3 - 5 2 .
in
replies; how-
in the Read State for the Pulse
successful test and evaluation
switch
VSWR.
transponder
Time (PRT) only, whereupon
and remains
of the
It
to the “off” state (A3TP3 high) by an out-
across The pri-
Reply signal is sampled
and fed into the Evaluator
via A3J1 pin 12, to the attenuator
Power Level
Detector
Assembly
network
A3R46, A3R47. The R-F IN control ployed to adjust the pulse (positive) the
by
coupler A7, de-
A3R46
A3,
A3R45, is em-
voltage level into
A3Q1O and A3Q11.
A3Q1O
3 - 1 9
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 is a pulse amplifier voltage
biased beyond cut-off by the
established
emitter
load
by A3Q11
(O. 07 ~sec) shaped,
across the common
A3R49. This bias level
derived.
is adjustable
(by
the CAL ADJ control A3R51) to enable proper calibration
A3u4.
The
exceed the bias threshold
function
of A3U4,
one-shot multivibrator,
an integrated
is to standardize
of all transponder
an acceptable
3 - 5 9 .
on the signal processing chain;
is available alignment
the
circuit
the width
Note
that
code
be processed but have no effect
are the Reply Bracket
the significant
pulses
Pulses. The shaped Reply Video
at A3TP4 for reference
and equipment
by Test Enable
Gate A3u2A and
In the Test mode, precautions
response
to the internally
This security is provided
which delays urements
A3J1 pin 13. The
the signal to permit ensuing mess-
to be taken at the center
pulse for the best accuracy. VSWR Recognition
circuit
of each signal
It is then applied
the reject
A3U2C as one of its three inputs. is available
are taken to in-
A3Q13
Evaluation
Gate
The VSWR signal
at A3TP6.
reply being analyzed generated
is the
test interrogation.
by the 5 p sec Reply Search
3 - 6 0 .
The reply frequency
Signal
Generator
A3C21 to the
Timing
of the Reply Search the triple
Assembly
A2. The
Gate and the Read Gate “off” at
input Test Enable
pulse of a reply (normally
Gate
50 p sec Test Gate Generator
3 + O. 5 ~ sec
trigger to the A2 clock
a decode
timing
system via A3CR18, an enable
check pulse and the bracket
outputs),
Gate A3U2B,
an enable gate
decode
to the Bracket
interrogations
In the
Monitor
are not generated,
Gate binary multivibrator
via
mode, internal hence
The presence
of three acceptable
acceptable topped
bracket
test
the Reply
is continuously
signals at the
decode
fixed-amplitude
( P a r a . 3 - 5 5 ) .
input is a narrow,
positive
pulse.
The
acceptabl
to the reply pulse.
able VSWR level is indicated The acceptable approximately This pulse
reply frequency
3 volts in amplitude
frequency
pulse).
input is a pulse with a curved
shape is the result of slight
transponder
(An unaccept-
by a low-level
Since the amplitude
input pulse is most representative
Read Gate inhibits
reply signal processing to a rate
less than that of the internal mode of operation, initiation
prf generator.
the timing
sequence
In either
started by the
transponder
frequency,
at the center
the bracket
of the
decode
of the input
is delayed and narrowed so that it coincides center
of the frequency
pulse
with the
input pulse.
of the Test Gate will result in a bracket
decode window (as measured initiating
of the
in
at the edges of the transmitted
rf pulse.
action
top.
variations
frequency
that the
The
flat-
VSWR input is a high level pulse, corresponding
interrogations.
however,
at
Gate results in a trigger pulse
enabled to allow random entry of replies to external Note,
The
required
check pulse is available
inputs of the Evaluation
roughly in duration
Decode
and a reset gate to the PRF timer
the base of A3Q1.
A3Q14.
Gate A3U2C as one of its three
The frequency
output which turns on the Read Gate
start
gate to the A2 pulse selection “19” ~sec tap (enabling the frequency
Buffer
A3TP5.
3 - 6 1 .
to trigger the
A3U3D/E. The Test
outputs provide
of Frequency
permits the first
positioned
with respect to the test interrogation)
Gate Generator
presence
base
Assembly
through capacitor
output of A3Q14 is applied to pin 9 of the Composite
inputs.
of the
check signal from Receiver/
A5 is fed into the Evaluator
A3 through A3J1 pin 8 and coupled
Evaluation
from timing between
assembly
A2, 20.15 psec
A3TP4 and A2TP4)
transponder
pulse (normally
after
the
the first brack-
et pulse).
3 - 6 2 .
The single trigger pulse from the A3U2C Cum-
posite Evaluation
Gate, which triggered
Gate A3Ul A/B (see able reply
The triple-input
bracket decode
by the Test Gate, the Bracket the shaped
reply
video
pulse is positioned
gate A3U2B is enabled
Decode
Window,
pulses. If the second
within the limits
and
bracket
of 20.10 to 20.50
p a r a .
evaluation;
replies are required
multiple,
must
not result
delay
be triggered.
than 10 correct
A3U5 will
performance
test set requirement
(The
foregoing
characteristic;
is that bracket
spacing
the
of 20.3
replies
must be transmitted GO condition
must have a duration
seconds. functions
not be accepted.
Reild Gate switch A3Q4.
one-shot multivibrator
which generates
nominally O. 5 p sec in duration. and inversion
in A3C13, A3R42,
A3U5, is a
a gate pulse
By differentiation and A3U3F,
a narrow
to
In the
5 and no more
at a rate of at least
20.3 + 0.3 vsec will be
) The active delay generator,
at least
100 pps
to give a GO indication,
~ejected, and spacings between these–limits mayor may
+0.15 Usec will be accepted,
replies must be re-
in a GO indication.
Monitor mode of operation,
timer
correct
of the Test Lamp.
and fewer than 5@ correct
output will occur and the decode
an optimum
one accept-
8W0 of the test interrogations
give a GO indication replies
sequential
for activation
In the Test mode of operation ceived to at least
the Read
3 - 5 5 ) identifies
p sec, a useful decode
3 - 2 0
thresh-
This output is inverted by Amplifier
old level.
Gate A3U3B/C, triggered by a pulse from the P3
cites
to the
(A3Q12) which produces
high output only if the signal exceeds
position
Search
Assembly through
signal is passed through O. 18 psec Delay Line A3DLl
Decode Gate A3U2B.
sure that the transponder
timing
evalua-
The voltage represent ing the VSWR is fed into
Evaluator
and applied to pin 11 of the Composite
purposes, and is employed as one of the
inputs required
3 - 5 8 .
are
reply pulses which
power threshold.
pulses will likewise
Bracket
vides one input ~o the triple in-put composite tion gate A3U2C.
by A3Q1O and trigger the Power Shaper
and amplitude meet
decode pulse is
at A3TP7 and pro-
of the R-F IN control A3R46. Pulses
which significantly amplified
delayed bracket
This pulse is displayed
These integration are provided
and the
of at least 2
and Test lamp
activation
by the circuitry driven
by the
T . O . N A V A I R
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 1 6 - 3 5 T S 1 8 4 8 - 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure
3 - 7 . Evaluator Assembly A3, Schematic Diagram
3-21/(3-22 blank)
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - I h either the Test cm Monitor mde of operation the
Again, when the potential of A3C1O becomes suffi-
A3@ switch output will be an mplified,
ciently
representation
of the waveform
at A3 TP3; that is,
when the Read Gate is cm, the collector be h~h. When multiple waveform
inverted
evtiuations
of A3Q4 will
are occwring
the
nominaUy
2500 ~sec. The off portion will vary from
nominally
45 p sec, with continuous
to several
multiples
correct replies,
of 2500p sec. In the Test mode,
capacitive integrator A3R18/A3C5/UR19
/A3C6
at the emitter of buffer A3Q5 exceeds
breakdmn vol@e
though
the
of A3VRI, the drive current
AIQ5 to b enabled,
thus supplym
3 - 6 3 .
VOLTAGE REGULATOR A4. The
A P X
Test Set will operate from a power source having
a voltage
by input voltages as low as 17 volts or as
RAD TEST/OUT/MON position.
TEST position or the
cause Regulator Control
integration
is ac-
3 - 6 4 .
The +28 volt input power is fed into Regulator
basis. The selection
through the collector-emitter
of the Monitor
a virtual ground from the catide ing the Monitor Sample/Hold
function
removes
of A3CR1O, allow-
binary multivibrator
$imdtmeously,
the output of buffer
Sample/Hold
vibrator acts as a steering device;
binary
multi-
if pin 3 is high
A3Q7 is cut off the collector A3R32
A3Q6. When
is high and A3Q6 drive is
and
A3CR13.
The
A4J1 pin 7. Current flows junction
in the 12 volt Regulation
of the second
Darlington
pair
volt output going through resistor A4R1 O and out through pin 2 of A4J1. Part of the 12-volt output is fed through the collector second transistor
of clamp A3~ will be low and there will
bs no input to the L-p hiver Enable
transistor
A4 through
A4U1 which acts as a dropping regulator for the 12-
via A3CR5 by the low state of invert-
Monitor
through
5
volts and 12 volts to the test set circuits.
Assembly
the collector
A1Q4 to actuate
Regulator Assembly A4 which supplies regulated
current to the
In the monitor mde of operation,
er A3U6A. The
3 - 4 )
switch is placed in the MON
complished on a counting rather than on an averaging
A3Q5 is inhibited
( f i g u r e
when my one of the four
A ground provided by any one of these will
indirectly
TEST lamp.
A3UI to function.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
ranging from 21 to 29 volts. It will not be
damaged
held in the spring-loaded
to the kse of Lamp Driver Enable A3Q6
provided
replies are being
transmitted.
Mode- Enable toggle switches on the control unit is
is
to drw and the F&W lamp switch transistor
remote
and allowing the cycle to
transponder
is turned on automatically
A3RI0 -d A3CR7, causing the collector
vol@e
if acceptable
high as 30 volts. Voltage Regulator A4
averages the read gate rate and when the aver~e
prmided
repeat
at this point will be a ncms ymmetricd
;quare wave ~ with the duration 0% the *‘high** portion
voltage
positive A3Q9 will fire, resetting the Sample/
Hold binary multivibrator
-emitter junction
in the 5 volt Regulation
of the Darlington
pair A4U2 which drops and regulat :s it to a 5-volt level. The 5-volt output is fed out through
pin 1 of
A4J1.
collector
of A3W will be high, and current will flow into A3C 10
3 - 6 5 .
through A3R25 and A3R23 via A3CR6 if the collector
A4R8, A4R6, and A4R’7 (shunted by reference
of AW4 is high, as it will be durtig a Read Gate on
A4VR5) between the +12 volt line and ground, pro-
perid.
vides a reference
A3CR6
prevents discharge
of A3CI0
the off time of the Read Gate. The charging
during
The resistive voltage
Regulation
time
diode A4VR4, above
are required to raise the potential of the A3Q9
the reference
emitter
to the firing
integration
replies,
noise,
pair A4U2. The reference
the 5 volt reference,
prwides
bias for the +12 volt regulator pair
A4U1 .
point. In order to avoid long
of spurious
etc.
a
slow discharge path is provided via A3R33, A3CR14,
The 12-volt
and A3R34$ thrmgh clamp
turned on and off by means of Gn-Off Control
of A3CI0 is sufficiently
A3Q7. When the potential
positive,
current
&rough buffer A3Q by diode action
diode
bias for the input base of the 5 Volt
Darlington
constant is such that 5 ta 10 Read Gate on periods
term
divider consisting of
regulator (and thus the entire
The power turn-on
passed
(the collector
sequence
supply) is A4Q1.
is as follows:
is
low at this point] will trigger the Unijunction Switch
When not monitoring (o~ testing),
trmsistor
from pin 3 of lJ1 on the Power and Control Assembly
A3@, discharging
A3C1O, and providing
ground is removed
a trigger pulse through inverter A3 U6C, to switch
Al, so the AICR1 anode is ungrounded
the Monitor
tive voltage applied through A1R3 and AIR1 O causes
Swple/Hold
binary
rnultivibrator.
The
collector of A3Q7 wU1 now be high, and Lamp Driver
AICR1
Enable A3@ will be driven on through A3R31, A3R32
positive potential developed
and A3CR13, enabling
to the base of Monitor Mode Cent rol Al Q1 keeps it
remote
TEST lamp.
the lamp switch
A1Q5 and the
Note that with the collector
of
through
Charging
current
is now supplied
A3R31 and A3R34, a relatively
ance; hence the charging interval duration
(greater
than
to A3C1O
high resist-
During
ON. In order
to minimize
shunt loading
A1R2 to ground.
Control
conducting,
re-
and
The
voltage
NPN Regulator collector
voltage
of
through
A4R2 and A4R1 in the Regulator A4J1 pin 8, and
back through A1R1O to the +28 volt line. When Al Q4 is not conducting,
the base of PNP transistor
is kept positive by the voltage
trmsistor
+28 volt line, and A4Q1 does
follower.
collector
its positive operating
provide the required firing current the coupling A3Q8 now ads as an emitter
the
condition
A1Q4 is non-conducting.
A1Q4 obtains
The
across A1R2 and applied
Assembly A4, out again through
this
charging interval the TEST lamp enable circuitry mtins
While
A4JI pin 6 through
is of extended
2 seconds).
conducting.
through
of AIQ1 is low, under which
A3@ low the step charging current to A3C1O is disabled.
to conduct
and the posi-
A4Q1
from A4R1 tied to the not conduct.
The
3 - 2 3
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 potential
onthe base of the input transistor
volt Regulator conduct,
3 - 6 6 .
A4U1 is relatively
and the regulator
is applied
Diode
case
switch on the
of AICR1 (through lJ1 pin 3
AICR1
is back-biased
RECEIVER/SIGNAL
assembly
in the MON position, a ground
to the anode
and AIR1).
3 - 7 0 .
acts as an open switch.
When the RAD TEST/OUT/MON
control unit is placed
of 12
low, it does not
so that
for rf shielding
result,
the AIQ1
Regulator
collector
Control
conducting,
voltage
conducting.
A1Q4 to conduct.
When
base of PNP transistor
As a
A1Q4
is
set
transmitter.
to the Directional
it is injected
transponder
line
Cavity
is
in the A5
Probe Assembly
A7,
coupler
into the
for test purposes. This
local oscillator
ing the transponder
those
This signal
by the directional
antenna
as the receiver
A4Q1 which permits A4Q1 to
It con-
functions:
which simulates
1030 MHz signal is also used in the
for the
A4Q1, in turn, acts as a path to the +28
conduct.
section
rf signal
fed from the Multiplier/Mixer
goes high, causing
it acts as a ground connection
generator
an interrogator
where
stops
and physical protection.
provides a 1030 MHz
assembly
AIQ1
A5, The A5
The signal
pulse-mcdulated
relatively
and
GENERATOR
]s enclosed in an aluminum
two different
does not conduct, the base potent ial of AIQ1 goes negative
3-7)
tains circuits which perform
from
it
(figure
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
signal
for heterodyn-
reply signals down to the 60 MHz
i-f.
volt line (through A4R3) for the input base of 12 volt Regulation
Darlington
pair
A4U1.
A4U1 now conducts,
providing a path for the power supply current.
3 - 7 1 .
The 1090 MHz reply signal entering the receiver
section through the directional or is picked
3 - 6 7 .
Similarly,
when in the Test mode of operation,
a ground is supplied to the tarily placing switches
TS-1843B/APX
by momen-
unit in the TEST
Generator
(heterodyned)
one of the four Mode Enable toggle
on the control
the multiplier/Mixer Signal
position. The
signal from the signal
diodes (A ICR1l through A1CR14) to the anode of
frequency
A1CR2 which normally
ceeding
is supplying a positive voltage
ducting.
Grounding the anode
of A1CR2
it so that the A1Q2 base goes relatively
voltage
Regulator
Control
described
before.
A1Q4, causing
frequency
circuits,
signal
while
signal
is fed through capacitive of toroidal,
Over-Current Protection
Excessive
transistor A4Q3
i-f signal.
current
through
A4R1O
will
feedthrough
A5C2 to the transformer
section.
A5A1T3 feeds the signal
to the base of Amplifier
The secondary
amplifier
for the effects
FREQ DISC ADJ potentiometer
cause NPN transistor
mon emitter
in effect
shorting the base of the first NPN transistor 12 volt Regulation
Darlington
in the
collector
pair A4U1, and causing
leg.
it
changes
A5A1R23 in the com-
The output of A5A1Q6 (across
load resistor
row ba]ldpass
is very stable;
of gain by means of the
a larger positive potential to develop which will A4Q3 to conduct,
to the input
of temperature
and it permits ready control
of
made up of A5A1Q5
This type of circuit
compensates
cause
(60
The 60 MHz
A5Al T3 in the receiver
and A5A1Q6.
drop across A4R1 O (through
sum-
by the suc-
A5Al Q4. The output of A5A1Q4 is applied
“senses” the voltage A4R9).
is rejected
broadband coupling
of the emitter-coupled 3 - 6 8 .
generating The
from mixer diode A5CR2 in the cavity assembly
primary
as
1030 MHz
section,
products.
as the
low, stopping
it to conduct
it is mixed
the difference-frequency
is accepted
back-biases
is passed through A1CR5 to the base of
A5Z1 in the Receiver/ A5, where
generator
(2120 MHz)
MHz) signal
The resulting rise in A1Q2 collector
conduction.
main conduct-
with the crystal-controlled
sum and difference
A1CR3 to the base of A1Q2 to keep it con-
Cavity
Assembly
ground is applied through one of the four coupling
through
coupler
off by the SIG GEN probe. It is fed into
filter
A5A1R21) is fed into the nar-
A5A1 FL1. This
60 MHz bandpass
the regulator to go into lower conduction so that it
filter consists of seven parallel-resonant
sections
does not overload.
(high side capacitively
an overall
coupled)
providing
passband of 6.2 to 6.8 MHz at the 6 db-down points 3 - 6 9 . the
Over-Voltage Protection transistor A4Q2 senses
input
voltage
(through
the positive input voltage down threshold
Zener
diode
exceeds
A4VR1). When
causing
This sharply
skirted
break-
down-converted
a
transponder,
the backward
of A4VR1, it conducts,
and less than 7.5 MHz at the 12 db-down points.
Evaluation Gate
is applied
discrimination
Protection sistor,
transistor
A4Q2.
so the positive
in effect
shorting
potential
is an NPN tran-
causes
it to conduct,
the base of the input transistor
12 Volt Regulation regulator
A4Q2
Darlington
A4C2 shunting
(paragraph
may be narrowed
the the
3 - 7 2 .
Generator
present
diodes
a path to
the
constant
60 MHz
the 60 MHz filter
A5A1FL1.
couples
age which are above approximately
72 volts in
Amplifier
amplitude.
Also,
present
A5AIQ7 serves to demodulate
impedance
path to ground for negative
pulsations.
3 - 2 4
series
diodes
a low
transient
The
termination final
it across the base and emitter A5AIQ7.
60 MHz signal. the emitter
for
inductor
in
has a secondary winding which
ground for positive transient spikes in the input volt-
the
which provides a
high impedance
Filter
A5A1Q7 in
A5 is a non-loading,
relatively
A4VR3 and A4VR2, in series,
slightly
A5A1R23.
The output Detector/Amplifier
Receiver/Signal
gain-producing circuit element
by transient voltage
breakdown (Zener)
This
or broadened
of the 1. F. Gain Adjust
so that it cannot be actuated ) Backward
to provide frequency
detection.
input to A4U1 serves to slow down the shut-off action
pulsations.
with the Composite
3-51)
by amplitude
on the
range of the
in
pair A4U1, causing
to turn off. (Capacitor
characteristic by means
frequency
acts in conjunction
positive potential to develop at the top of A4R4 which through A4R5 to the base of Over-Voltage
filter section, centered
acceptable
of Detector,/
The base-to-emitter
junction of
the pulse-modulated
Video is produced
by “bootstrapping’
load, giving a useful output of 1 to 5 volts
T . O . N A V A I R
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 1 6 - 3 5 T S 1 8 4 8 - 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
F i g u r e 3 - 8 . Remiver/Si@al Genemtor A5, VWRAdjwt Aswmb]y A6,and Dimctioml Coupler Aswmbly A7, Schematic
Diadgram.
3-25/(3-26 blank)
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 of demddated delayed
si~a.
The output signal, which is
approximately
0.2 psec with respect to the
Adjust Assembly
is used as one of the. inputs
reverse breakdown diode,
1090 MM reply input, for the Composite
Evaluation
Gate A3 U2C after pass-
ing through Frequency Buffer A3Q14.
3 - 7 7 .
VSWR All?UST ASSEMBLY A6. The VSWR A6 contains
five fixed resistors,
and two variable
As shown in the schematic diagram, resistive
dividers, each with an adjustable 3 - 7 3 .
The signal generator
section of the A5 assembly
consists of 85.833 MHz Oscillator bplifier
Multiplier/Mixer
Gatecf
A5A1Q3,
and
Cavity A5 221. The crystal-control-
led continuous-wave of better
A5A1QI,
A5AI Q2, Tuned Amplifier
oscillator circuit has an accuracy
than +0. 5 MHz.
nected
to a common output
proportional
the
tap, and both con-
line. The positive voltage
to the forward reply signal
(A6P1 pin 1) through the voltage A6VR1, VSWR potentiometer it exceeds
The FET oscillator A5AIQI is free-i-unning;
3 - 8 ,
as two voltage
entering
through A6P1 pin 2 causes current to flow tcs ground divider made
up of
A6R6, and A6R7 (when
the 4.3 volt breakdown threshold of A6VR1).
The negative 3 - 7 4 .
f i g u r e
network may be considered
voltage
signal entering
proportional
to the reflected
through A6P1 pin 4 causes current to
its cw output is gated cm and off by the Gated
flow to ground through the voltage divider made up
Ampltiier
is gatecf
of
signal
movable arms of the two potentiometers
A5AIQ2. ‘Me Gated
Amplifier
cm wd off by the pulses in the modulation from Timing oscillation
Assembly
A2. The frequency
is determined
A5AIY1, connected
of
between the transistor coil A5A1L1.
(+12 volts) for the oscillator transistor
A6R3,
CAL
connected
gate and Power
A6R2,
and
A6R1.
The
are each
through a 2. 4K resistor (A6R4 and A6R8)
for a given ratio of forward to reflected potentiometers
is supplied
through A5AILI and is decoupled by capacitor
potentiometer
to the common line on A6Pl pin 3. It is seen thqt
by 85.833 MHz crystal
the tap cm the source tuning
a
resistors.
voltages
A5A1C3.
so that the tapped voltages
junction,
signal, the
may be set for equal and opposite
giving
a zero
cancel
at the
error signal, or they may be
Resistor A5AIRI and diode A5AICRI provide a
set to produce a desired output voltage for actuation
ground return for the gate of A5A1 Q1. The drain is
of the circuits to follow.
returned
A61i6 is an external
to ground through A5A1 R2, bypassed by
A5AIC6. The capacitor Gated
oscillator
signal
is coupled
through
able
A5AIC4 to one gate (pin 3] of dual-gate
Amplifier
gate (pin 2) will ~rmit the transistor to be gated on. ‘I’be second input is the mdulation Timing Assembly
The pulse-modulated
from A5A1Q2 is coupled A5AITI
to the
collector
signal from the
A2, fed into the A5 assembly
through A5P1 pin 1.
through toroidal
base of hplifier
load of rf amplifier
output transformer
output
The
and
adjustment
feed-through
is provided
gain of the rf amplifier
capacitor
A5C1.
by slug-tuning is tberm~ly
emitter
circuit.
A5AIRT1
Timing The
identified.
9, and 12 db threshold
is marked
adjusts
the small back bias applied to A5CR1.
produced
The
CAL
potentio-
will be accurate
to the next.
in this circuit
The
is fed out of the A6
assembly
through A6PI Pin 3 and into the Evacuation
Assembly
A3 through A3J1 pin 13.
3 - 7 8 .
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER ASSEMBLY A7. The
tained in Directional
consists of parts t!on-
Probe Assembly
contained in the overall
A7 and parts
TS-1843B/APX
for the directicmal
housing. The
coupler is a rod
running the length of the unit in a special channel in the main casting,
enclosed
from the center
ductor of the ANTENNA ccmnector
The 1030 M& signal is fed into the Multiplier/
Mtier Cavity
Assembly A5ZI through capacitive
tbrough A5CI and harmonic generator
feed-
diode A5CR1.
The cavity is tuned to the twelfth harmonic of 85.833 MIIz
(approximately
1030 M~]. This
signal is capacitively in the Directional
1030 MHz
coupled to the SIG GEN probe
Probe Assembly A’7 for injection
into the transponder
antenna
line. This signal
and
“error”
is also
used as the 10CZI oscillator signal in the receiver section.
3 - 8 ) .
RF gasketing
end to prevent Directional
is provided
rf leakage
con-
at one end to the
TRANSPONDER connector at the other end 3 - 7 5 .
in
the contrul so that the 6,
settings
from one unit
main conductor
load in the
thermally
specifically
Direct ional Coupler Assembly
adjusted by
A5AIRT2, which shunts a degenerative A5AIQ3
of
A5A1T2.
dial
from 6 to 12 db with the 6, 9, and 12
is used to calibrate
agree
used to set the accept-
control
by
in the seccmd -
ary (to 85.833 M&) by the series combination A5AIC13
meter
voltage
A5A1Q3 is provided
A5A1T2, resonated
db points
will
transformer
A5A1Q3.
of VSWR. The
db increments
A second input on the other
A5AIQ2.
level
The VSWR potentiometer
control
( f i g u r e
in the channel at each
around
the connectors.
The
Probe Assembly A7 is on a rectangular
plate which fits over the channel
containing
the rod,
positioning the three coupler probes in proximity to the
rod. The
Directional
Probe
Assembly A7 con-
tains (in addition to the three rf probes) the Detector Filter Assembly A7FL1, two detector
diodes A7CR1
and A7CR2, and three temninat
tng resistors A7R1,
A7R2, and A7R3. The POWER
probe
is positioned
so as to take a sample of the rf energy passing down 3 - 7 6 .
When m~ing reply frequency checks, the 85.
833 MHz oscillatw Ampltiier
ing the mticipated arrival
(initiated
Selection
signal is gated through the Gatect
A5A1Q2 for 2 ~sec at maximum
level dur -
period of second bracket pulse
the line from the transponder
to the antenna,
the VSWR probe is positioned
in the opposite
so as to take a sample of the reflected
while manner
energy coming
back down the line from the antenna to the transponder.
by the 19 sec pulse from the Pulse
Matrix A2U6/U7 r U8. )
3-27
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
(The POWER probe is approximately has more than 20 db directivity, probe is approximately 33 db directivity. resistor
20 db down with more than
) Both probes are terminated
A7FL1 at the other end.
they
The rf signal,
A3.
appear
as an integral
resistors
into the A7 plate
SIG GEN probe is positioned
are
The
so as to take a sample
reply signals.
circuit
Assembly
receiver,
transmitter
in the Signal
A5, and when testing
it couples
in the rf test
from the signal generator.
by out
so that
part of the assembly.
the transponder
into the test receiver
Generator/Receiver
signal
rectified
26 db down with more than 20 db
) It couples
the transponder
A6 and the Evaluation
The three terminating
in shields soldered
of the transponder
3 - 2 8
in a
by the filter and passed
to the VSWR Adjust Assembly Assembly
signal
diode (A7CR1 and A7CR2) to
the diodes, is smoothed
is approximately directivity.
the VSWR
(A7R2 and A7R3) at the end and coupled
through a detector
enclosed
20 db down and
while
(The SIG GEN probe
3 - 7 9 .
When the TS-1843B/APX
or not operating,
the main
Coupler Assembly the
transponder
of the assembly
test set is operating
rod of the Directional
provides a direct
and its antenna.
link between
The
insertion
10SS
is less than O. 5 db and it will increase
the VSWR by no more than 1.1 to 1.
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
4 - 1 .
IV
OF SYSTEM TIE-IN
GENERAL.
is controlled
by Transponder
4 - 2 .
This section describes the integration
Test Set, Transponder Set operational
TS-1843B/APX
lFF/SIF transponder
1 8 4 3 B / A P X
to be employed performance by the
or
of the
T S -
into the system will cause no more than
0.5 db insertion increase
sets. Installation
loss and no more than a 1. 1:1
the
TS-1843B/APX
within
The ‘l%- 1843 13/APX is installed
antenna
connection
IFF/SIF antenna
when the TEST lamp on
Set Control
unit
parameters
spacing) or the antenna
the predetermined
is assumed 4 - 4 .
The
system is evaluated
is lit.
If one or
of the transmitted
reply signals (peak powe; , signal frequent
TIE-IN.
between the
lit.
of a transponder and the associated
as shown in
f i g u r e
4 - 1 .
Its operation
F i g u r e
4 - 1 .
the
(Monitor or
on a GO/NO-GO basis. The
more of the evaluated
in VSWR.
EQUIPMENT
of the transponder
Transponder
C-6280( )
of the IFF mode
for test interrogations.
GO condition is indicated
bracket 4 - 3 .
TS-1843B/APX
Test) and also permits selection
T S -
is intended primarily for use with Trans-
transponder
1 8 4 3 B / A P X
operational mode of the
into an
system. The
ponder Sets AN/APX-64(V) and AN/APX-72 equivalent
of the
Set Control
The control determines
/APX (or equivalent).
y, or
line VSWR are not
limits, a NO-GO condition
on the basis of the TEST lamp not being
The individual
from the TS-1843B/APX
signal and control lin~s to and are identified in
figure
4 - 2 .
System Installation Diagram
4 - 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure 4-2.
4 - 2
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
S E C T I O N
INTERMEDIATE
5 - 1 .
5 - 2 .
GENERAL.
mediate (field) level maintenance A P X .
of the
At this level of maintenance
preset controls,
to perform
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
the technician
adjustments
simple adjustments
of external
of the internal
c ireuitry. troubleshoot ing for locating faulty plug-in modules,
and repair
of parts or components
will not require recalibration placen~ent
or repair
tion, the
which
of the unit. If the re -
of a module
TS-1843B/APX
depot specializing section
MAINTENANCE
5 - 3 .
This secticm contains instructions for inter-
will be required
V
requires recalibra-
should be forwarded to the
in this work. No repair of the rf
should be attenlpted
5 - 4 .
OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT.
CHECKOUT PROCEDURE.
the
TS-1843B/APX.
OUT control to maximum maximum
the procedure
external
controls have been changed during the check-
out, it will be necessary to reset them to the desired
test
points, and adjustments
5 - 2 and
5-3.
test pcdnts applicable
In t a b l e
are shown
5 - 1 are listed the
to this level of maintenance,
along with a short functional
description.
limits, this is an indication
ment. Proceed
to isolate
the fault to a specific
ule or section by applying a logical
5-1.
Intermediate
Level (Bench)
n~od-
troubleshooting
procedure such as that given in f i g u r e use of the schematic
that there is
rather than only a misadjust-
5 - 4
and making
diagrams, parts location
trations, and other aids provided Operation section.
Figure
p a r a g r a p h
If correct indications cannot be obtained with
actually a malfunction
of the
the faulty in-
having been too stringent. When the settings of these
the relaxed
in f i g u r e s
because
dications may have been caused by the preset limits
shooting is shown in
The locations
R-F
level, and the R-F IN control to minimum
level, and repeat
The basic hnch test setup for checkout and trouble-
assen~blies,
reset the external
level, the VSWR control to
limits before returning to service (see
at this level.
5 - 1 .
bench check of
If incorrect indications are ob-
tained during the checkout,
5 - 1 1 ) .
f i g u r e
The following pro-
cedure can be used for an operational
illus-
in the Theory of
Test Setup
5 - 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 NOTE
Step 2.
Set the controls on C-6280 (on AN/APM239) as listed in t a b l e
For detailed
operational
137, AN/UPM-98(
proceties
), AN/APM-239,
362, refer to the applicable
for AN/UPM-
Step 3.
Set C-6280 MASTER switch to NORM.
and AN/APM-
technical
manuals
Step 4.
Hold C-6280 M-1 Mode Enable switch in TEW position. The TEST lamp should go on.
for these equipments. Step 5.
While
holding the M-1 Mode Enable switch
in the TEST Step 1.
Connect the equipment shown in
figure
on the test bench as
Figure
position, disconnect
5 - 2 .
5-3.
Assembly and External Adjustment
Test Point and Internal
the cable
from the ANTENNA comector on the 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
5-1.
F i g u r e
5 - 2
5-2.
Locations
Adjustment
T S .
The TEST lamp should go out.
Locations
T . O . NAVAIR
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 16-35TS1843-2
TM-11-6625-1646-24-1
Figure
5-4.
Troul)leshm)tinc
Chnrt
5-3/(5-4
blank)
T . O . NAVAIR
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 T a b l e
5 - 1 .
List of Test Points
R e f e r e n c e
N o r m a l
Designation
A 2 T P 1
Function
20
MHz
A2Q2
A 2 T P 2
A 2 T P 4
A 2 T P 5
Oscillator
0utput
Divide-by-5 Output
A 2 T P 3
Gated
R e a d i n g
counter
(Clock
A2U3
20
+100
KHz
Gated
1
MHz
MHz
Signal)
Modulation Duration A2U9 Output
Window
Duration
Bracket
Decode
Modulator
Gated
W a v e s h a p e
Generator
0.8
+0.1
µsec
p u l s e s
A2U11 Output
A2Q3/Q4
RF
Pairs
O u t p u t
+ 0 . 1
of
0.8
µ s e c
p u l s e s
A 3 T P 1
E
A 3 T P 2
SYNC
X
T
S
Y
OUT
READ
C
I
Output
G e n e r a t o r A 3 T P 3
N
N
of
(input)
PRF
A 3 Q l / Q 2 / Q 3
GATE
Output
400
±
50
pps
p u l s e s
of
A 3 U 1
A 3 T P 4
S H A P E D Output
A 3 T P 5
A 3 T P 6
A 3 T P 7
R E P L Y
VSWR
V I D E O
A3U4
FREQUENCY
Output
Output
of
of
A3Q12/Q13
D E L A Y E D
B R A C K E T
+12
Positioning
v
A3Q14
Recognition
Amplifier
of
A 4 T P 1
of
Timer
O u t p u t A3U3
+12
v
+0.5
v
5 - 5
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 Table
5-1.
List
of
R e f e r e n c e
Test
Points
(Cont.)
N o r m a l
Designation
Function
A 4 T P 2
+5
A 6 T P 1
Reply
Input
A6
VSWR
Output
TP2
A 6 T P 3
R e a d i n g
v
+ 5
Reflected
for
v
W a v e s h a p e
± 0 . 2 5 v
VSWR
Voltage
Input
for
Table
VSWR
5-2.
AN/APM-239A
Control
Settings
P O S I T I O N
C O N T R O L
(C-6280)
P O S I T I O N
C O N T R O L
M A S T E R
N O R M
MODE
1
M - 1
O N
MODE
3/A
M - 2
O N
I D E N T / O U T / M I C
O U T
M - 3 / A
O N
M O D E
O U T
M - C
O N
A U D I O / O U T / L I G H T
R A D
Step 6.
T E S T / O U T / M O N
Release
Step 7.
Code
Select
4
and
Any
Code
Number
Any
Code
Number
O U T
receiver
ANTENNA cable.
Successively
Select
O U T
the M-1 Mode Enable switch
reconnect
Code
hold the
sensitivity
limit.
The
TEST
lamp
should go out.
M-2, M-3/A,
and
5 - 5 .
TROUBLESHOOTING.
M-C Mode Enable switches in the TEST position.
When
each
switch
is held in the
5 - 6 .
The troubleshooting chart given in
TEST position, the TEST lamp should go
designed
on, then go off when the switch
a faulty module or part within [he
is released.
to illustrate
a systematic
Place the control unit C-6280 RAD TEST/
Step 9.
Set up radar test set to provide
OUT/MON
switch in the MON position.
interrogation
pulses
output attenuator
mode 1
at 1030 MHz. Adjust
to provide an rf signal
level of approximately
-65 dbm for AN/
UPM-137 (-78 dbv for AN/UPM-98) transponder
antenna
connector.
at
TEST
5 - 6
an instruction
which,
when followed, will result in one of the conditions indicated
By following
by a line.
the observed condition, the faulty module in some
the line indicating
the technician
will be led to
which should then be replaced,
cases repaired.
After
the
faulty
or
assembly
has been repaired or replaced
and all checks
have
b~en
the technician
should
satisfactorily
repeat
completed,
the adjustment
procedures
before
the radar test set signal genera-
5 - 7 .
it is return-
Before starting the troubleshooting procedures,
tor ,output until the rf signal level at the
remove the top and bottom plates from the
transponder
A
antenna
is
ed to use.
lamp should light. Step 10. Decrease
5 - 4
of locating
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
Each block on the chart contains Step 8.
f i g u r e
method
connector
is below the
P
X
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
for access to test points and connections.
When
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 checking
the plug-in assemblies A2, A3 and A4, they
of t i h e ANTENNA connector
at the opposite end taltdes
may be extended out from the test set on extender
into place.
cards for access to components
nector over end of rod so that center
bow sides shown in
of the bards. Connect
f i g u r e
5 - 1 .
Follow tistructions
on
the equipment
as
Wart reading the chart at the
Mock at the top center
restitant
and connections
at the line labeled
Follow the line labeled
the observed itiication
to locate
the next instruction
four mounting
TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER
con-
conductor
connector
fits with
screws.
OF ASSEM-
main board
assembly
Al, first
remove assemblies A2 and A3 and unplug connectors A5P1 and A6P1 on Al, then remove bottom removing
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Fasten
h. To remove with
box.
5 - 8 .
into place.
replace
“start”.
in the box amd observe the
indications.
Carefully
eight screws.
plate by
Next unsolder two wires
from A7 at bottom
of Al board, noting the position of
these connections.
Remove six large and four small
BLIES.
mounting screws from bottom of Al, taking care not
To remove the plug-in assemblies from the
positions
to lose flat washers and lockwashers, 5 - 9 .
TS-1843B/APX
refer to figure 5-2 and proceed as
of screws. The Al board
swung out on the remaining
follows:
necessary the ten Phillips
head
screws on the top
connecting
now be wires. If
to remove the board entirely,
the seven wires connected a.. Remove
and noting
may
unsolder
to Al, noting the position
of each wire connection.
cover ad remove the cover. To reinstall the assemblies and reassemble the
i. b. Using a screwdriver
or a similar
tool,
care-
unit, reverse the above
disassembly
sequence.
fully lift the board assemblies A2 and A3 to disengage them from the connector now can be removed
pins on Al. The assemblies
5 - 1 0 .
PRESETTING TS-1843B/APX
by pulling them out of the unit by
EXTERNAL
CONTROLS.
hti . 5 - 1 1 . c.
‘RJ remove the Regulator Assembly A4, loosen
the four Phillips carefully
head screws on the side of the unit,
diseng~e
the assembly
from the Al
GENERAL,
1 8 4 3 B / A P X mounted hinged
connector pins, and lift out.
Test Set, Transponder
Set
on one end of the unit and protected
cover.
OUT, VSWR,
T S -
has three calibrated adjustment controls
These
controls
are
and R-F IN. When
by a
designated
installing
R-F
the
TS-
1843 B/APX into a system, they should be preset for d. ‘1% gain access to the rf section of the A P X
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
(assemblies A5, A6, and A’7), loosen the six
parameters
Phillips head screws (two each at both ends and the center)
on the Receiver/Si@d
A5 and lift up the assembly diseng~e waamf
Generator
A5 ad A6 assemblies
to separate
5 - 1 2 .
can now be
the VSWR
hssembly A6 from the mceiver/Simd unscrew the wo rematiing the end of the meembly
PhiUips
in the following
as described
paragraphs.
R-F IN (A3R46). This control is set for the
minimum peak power level of the rf reply signal emitted
%&m out .
e. If it is necessmy
with the operational
of the system components
Assembly
slightly, then carefully
plugs A5PI and A6PI from the bottom
Al. T&
the specific values consistent
Adjust
Generator
A5,
by the t ranponder that will cause the
T S -
1 8 4 3 B / A P X
to give a GO indication on the associated
Transponder
Set Control
TEST lamp.
The marklnge
in dbw on the R-F IN dtal are calibrated and 28 dbw with an accuracy
between 20
of 22 db.
head screws at To preset the R-F IN control for a specific vslue,
close to the VSWR dial.
loosen the Phillips head locking screw below the dial f. If it is necessary Prok &sembly
to remove
the DireetioMl
A7 from the casting,
unscrew the
two recessed PhiMips head screws at the center the plate. hard
The assembly
A7 is connected
M by two solder~ wires.
unsolder these comections of the AT =sembly
connections, the tittom access to the Mttom
carefully
side of the dial, then
tighten the locking screw.
to the main
Do not break
unless complete
is requird.
of
and set the dial so that the desired number is facing the marker at the right-hand
or
removal
To unsolder
the
plate must be removed
for
5 - 1 3 .
R-F OUT (A2R21). This control determines
the peak level of the rf interrogation by the
TS-1843B/APX
signal generated
in the Test mode of Opsration.
The control dial is calibrated
to provide an tf output
at the TRANSPONDER connector of the
of Al.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
within *2 db of the preset level between -54 and -# g. To remove Direction~
the main cotiuctor
Coupler
Msembly,
rod from
remove four mounting
screws from the ~~POmER
connector
and gently
p~l connector outw=d so that it slips off the center eotiuctor
which
is an extension
dbm (-67 to -94 dbl. To preset the R-F OUT control for a specified
signal level, and tighten
5 - 1 4 .
cknnel
level
from
the locking screw.
of the rod. Gently
pull rod out of connector at the other end of the and remove
value, loosen the locking
screw below the dial, set the dial for the desired
ctiel.
Take care not to
VSWR (A6R6). Th$s control determiaas the of
antenna
system
VSWlt
above
disturb the rf gasket material at each end of the
indication
etinel.
the rod
from 6 to 12 db in 3-db dWiskww. The
condmtor
will provide a NO-GO tititiia
‘1%
reassemble,
carefdly
insert
into pl~e in the chmel so t~t the center
will result. The control
which
a
NO-GO
dial is cdfbratd T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
when the antenna
5 - 7
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 system (including the transmission lines)
reaches
VSWR level
value.
preset
within
+1. 5 db of the preset
the VSWR control,
loosen
a
To
the locking screw
below the dial, set the dial for the desired value
and
match
conditions
purpose, lengths
For the purpose of checking the A P X simple
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
method
of simulating
impedance
F i g u r e
5 - 8
mis -
5 - 5 .
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
expressed
5-5.
length
of RG- 58 cable,
open-ended con-
The result-
an 11. 5-foot
connected
to 1J3
end, will be seen to
give a VSWR of approximately
RG-58 Cable Length vs VSWR
meth-
for this
in db, is shown in
For example,
figure
and open at the other
reaction to antenna system VSWR, a
This
accurate
consists of connecting
ing VSWR, NOTE
be used.
of rf cable to the ANTENNA
nector on the
tighten the locking screw.
may
od, which is sufficiently
10 db,
T . O . NAVAIR
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
S E C T I O N
V I
DEPOT MAINTENANCE
6 - 1 .
GENERAL.
includes calibration
and internal
alignment
unit, as well as the repair and testing This section contains instructions for depot
6-2.
Level maintenance
of the
level all maintenance to lower
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
found to be defective
At this
ance levels.
work on the unit not assigned
maintenance
levels
will be performed.
Table
6-1.
or sent in from lower mainten-
The adjustment
are listed in
Table
and alignment
Adjustment
and
Alignment
Controls
R e f e r e n c e
Adjustment F u n c t i o n
Upper for
range
R-F
Lower
A 2 R 2 2
for
range
A 2 R 2 8
Window
A 2 R 3 4
Pulse
A 2 R 3 6
Window
A 3 R 2
Internal
preset
adjustment
control
calibration
OUT
preset
Delay
adjustment
control
6-24
A2R21
6-14
6-14
Adjustment
Duration
PRF
6-24
A2R21
Adjustment
Duration
Procedure
Paragraph
calibration
OUT
R-F
controls
6-1.
This
D e s i g a t i o n
A 2 R 2 0
of the
of assemblies
Adjustment
generator
rate
6-14
adjust-
6-25
m e n t
A 3 R 5 1
Calibration
A 5 Z 1
adjustment
preset
control
Signal
generator
for
R-F
IN
6-25
A3R46
1030
MHz
cavity
6-27
tuning.
Frequency
A 5 A 1 R 2 3
(60
MHz
Signal
A 5 A 1 T 2
A 6 R 2
6 - 3 .
DEMEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY.
6 - 4 .
For
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
Amplifier
adjustment
control
adjustment
of
A5Q3
6-26
VSWR
NOTE
p a r a g r a p h
For detailed operational
procedures for AN/
UPM-137,
( ),
AN/UPM-98
AN/APM-239,
and AN/APM-362, refer to the applicable technical
manuals for these equipments.
CHECKOUT PROCEDURES. 6 - 7 .
6 - 6 .
6-2’7
tuning
A6R6
of this manual.
6 - 5 .
6-2’7
level)
disassembly, assembly
removti, and reassembly procedures see 5 - 8
input
Generator
Calibration preset
discriminator
filter
=~~L.
For an
overall
Ch=kat$ the prmtium given in
operational
p a r a g r a p h
5 - 4
OVERALL CHECKOUT ‘USING AN/APM-362.
To perform an overall T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
using a tmsn~n~r and Radar Test Set AN/UPM -137
AN/APM-362
(or m/~M-98
equipment
( ) ) may k used. An AN/APM-362
my be used toe~ti~~ the need for a tr~~~nder.
as a transponder
as shown in
given in t a b l e
functional
checkout of the
using Test Set, Transponder Test Set
figure
simulator, comect
6-1
and use procedure
6-2.
6 - 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure
Equipment
6-1.
Setup for Checkout of TS-1843B/APX Table
6-2.
Overall
C h e c k ou t
Using Transponder
U s i n g
Test Set AN/APM-362.
A N / A P M - 3 6 2 C I R C U I T
STEP
F U N C T I O N
I N D I C A T I O N
P R O C E D U R E
N O .
T E S T E D
1
Set
2
Place ing
up
equipment
as
AN/APM-362
in
figure
switches
6-1.
in
the
follow-
positions:
R E P L Y
F R E Q U E N C Y
S E L E C T
1 0 9 0
M H z
B R A C K E T
S P A C I N G
S E L E C T
M I C R O 2 0 . 3 0
S E C O N D S P R F
4 0 0
S E L E C T
I N T E R R O G A T I O N L E V E L B E A T
- 6 5
D B M
F R E Q U E N C Y O F F
S E L E C T O P E R A T E / S T A N D B Y
S T A N D B Y
P O W E R
O N
R E P L Y light
1 1 5
V A C
ON
O N / O F F
(Wait
90
sec
delay) O P E R A T E / S T A N D B Y T S - 1 8 4 3 / A P X
L I N E
V O L T A G E
S E L E C T
MODE M O D E P O W E R
C
CIRCUIT
TEST
2 8 O F F M O N I T O R
S E L E C T L E V E L
O P E R A T E
A D J U S T
+23 (To
TO be
+26 3
db
DBV above
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X R-F 6 - 2
IN
setting)
F R E Q U E N C Y
comes
on
R E A D Y
T.O. 1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
TM-11-6625-1646-24-1 T a b l e
6 - 2 .
Overall Checkout
Using AN/APM-362 (Cont.)
Cnlcurr
STEP
PROCEDURE
FUNCTION
INDICATION
NO.
t-3
TESTED
Set the TS - 1843 B/APX controls as follows:
~f ter a delay of approximate-
R-F IN
20 (ibw*
urn on:GO and OPERATE
VSWR
-9 Cibil
ndicators light. Test Set
R-F OUT
65 dbm~
; URRENT meter indicates
y 60 seconds from power
‘ Or to alternate
operational
lpprox.320ma. STANDBY
levels.
ndicator
4
Move REPLY FREQUENCY
SELECT MHz
switch through all positions
goes out.
= indicator
lights in all
Leply frequency
evaluator
lracket
evaluator
;witch positions.
Return REPLY FREQUENCY
SELECT MHz
switch to 1090 position
5
Move BRACF&T SPACING SELECT MICRO
= indicator
SECONDS switch
;witch positions.
20.30,
through
-0.30. -0.15.
lights
for all
spacing
+0. 15. and +0.30 positions.
Return BRACKET SPACING SELECT MICROSECONDS
6
switch to 20.30 position.
Move PRF SELECT
switch
to 100/5 posi-
IO indication
teply rate evaluator
given.
tion.
Move PRF SELECT
switch to 100/10
X3 indicator
position.
light
cycles
m and off once every four
Ieply
rate evaluator
(nlon-
tor mode)
;econds and should be ighted approximately
two
;econds of every cycle.
7
Place
switches in the following
MODE
positions:
1 50(;
PRF SELECT
Move PRF SELECT switch to 80’-[ position.
Repeat
50~ and 80% for modes
teply percentage
Xl indicator
lights.
X3 indicator
lights.
evaluator
2 and 3/A.
Turn on MODE C CIRCUIT TEST switch ani repeat
for mode C.
CUIT TEST
switch.
switch to mode
8
Turn off MODE C CIRReturn MODE SELECq
1 and PRF SELECT to 50??..
Note TS-1843B,/APX
R-F IN control
setting
~eply Power evaluator Outpeak
Adjust OUTPUT
POWER
control to the GO,INO-GO
9
Synchronize Out signal
LEVEL
ADJUST
threshold.
the oscilloscope
with the Sync
Meter
Peak Power Level
indicates
TS-1843B/
4PX R-F IN setting +2 dbw — )isplay adjust
from A3TP2 on the TS-1843B/
APx.
NOTE
I
Two interrogation
pulses will be
observed in steps 9 through 15.
6-3
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 Table
6-2.
Overall
Checkout
Using
AN/APM-362
(Cont.)
C I R C U I T STEP
I N D I C A T I O N
P R O C E D U R E
F U N C T I O N
N O .
10
T E S T E D
Place in
BEAT
BEAT
FREQUENCY
position
switch
to
Adjust
BEAT
to
obtain
Note
SELECT
switch
OPERATE/STANDBY
FREQUENCY
zero
the
beat
At
zero
beat
TUNE
indication
on
BEAT
Interrogation
Frequency
Interrogation
Level
Mode
spacing
T U N E
setting
between
control
the
F R E Q U E N C Y control
STANDBY.
oscilloscope 11
and
-0.5
should
and
be
+0.5
MHz.
the
display.
R-F
OUT
control
setting
on
the
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X . Place in
BEAT
PULSE
Adjust
the
trol
that
so
FREQUENCY
simulator
INTERROGATION the
is
Repeat
step
setting
13
of
P l a c e trol
11 -65
the
amplitude
from
the
LEVEL
con-
the
the
as
the
setting
LEVEL
OUT
the
TS-1843/APX.
-65±2
S E L E C T
Pulses
are
11
apart;
position to
display
of
and
control
c o n -
OPERATE/
the
SELECT
for
a
u
con-
interrogation
switch
Set
MODE
SELECT
to
switch
Set
MODE
and
hold
in
1 7
the
Set
SELECT MODE
position
to
ON
2.
position
input
SELECT
the
to
to
CIRCUIT
be
u
cay
time
position TEST
sec
Pulses
31A.
C
sec
Pulses sec
Pulses 0.1
switch
Rise
u
sec
3.0
pulse is
0.8
time
at
be
and
1
pulse
characteristics
±0.1
should
maximum.
should
±0.1
width
be
De-
0.2
maximum.
are
spaced
5.0
±0.1
Mode
2
pulse
spacing
spaced
8.0
±0.1
Mode
3
pulse
spacing
spaced
21.0
Mode
C
pulse
spacing
apart.
are apart.
are sec
±
apart.
position.
MODE
Connect
switch
C
should
spaced
amplitude
sec.
0.1
u
1 6
OUT
dbm.
sec
50%
OPERATE. controls
u
1 5
setting
R-F
F R E Q U E N C Y
be
R-F
dbm.
on
switch
MODE
±2
should
the
an
u
Set
as
TS-1843B/APX.
p u l s e s .
1 4
setting
same
for
oscilloscope
venient
by
dbm
OFF
STANDBY Adjust
switch
LEVEL
generated
same
pulses
B E A T
in
pulse
the
interrogation
1 2
SELECT
position.
switch
to
AN/UPM-137
Sync
Out
test
position
PRF
point
Meter
1.
COUNTER
A3TP2
on
indicates
400
±
50
Internal
PRF
p p s .
the
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
N O T E
1 8
The
prf
the
oscilloscope.
Place
PRF to
Connect
the
the
to
VSWR
ANTENNA
the
be
measured
400
and
with
VSWR
MODE
MONITOR.
TS-1843B/APX Note
also
SELECT
SELECT
to
may
as
VSWR
measuring
connector shown
control
equipment
1J3
in
on
figure
setting
on
the 6-1. the
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X . Adjust VSWR
Mismatch
threshold l a m p s .
6 - 4
MX-9052/APM-362
corresponding of
the
reply
to
the status
for
GO/NO-GO indicator
a
At
the
should VSWR
threshold be
the
VSWR
TS-1843B/APX
setting
±2db.
evaluator
T.O. NAVAIR
12P4-2APX-202 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - I 6 - 8 .
OVEWLL
CHECKOUT USING TRANSPONDER.
To perform aA overall TS-1843B/APX up, see 6 - 9 .
functional
checkout of the
using a transponder in the test set-
p a r a g r a p h
the NORM position, the RADTEST/OUT/MON switch to the MON position, and all other toggle switches to the OUT position.
5 - 4 .
B~CKET D~CRI~ATION
CHECK. Check
the bracket pulse spacing discrimination Step 1. Comect the equipment
Step 2. On the C-6280( ) set the MASTER switch to
as follows:
as shown in
f i g u r e
Step 3. On the AN/UPM-137
radar test s~t, place
the
MfXED VID SE L switch in the $IF 1 position (VARI
OUTPUT
on
AN/UPM-98
(
)
SIF Coder).
6 - 2 .
F i g u r e
6 - 2 .
Bracket Discrimination
Test Setup. 6 - 5
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 Step +.
On the AN/UPM-137 radar test set place the
ulated
SUBST PULSE SE L switch in the F2 position
or equivalent
signal using
interrogation
an AN/uPM-98(
Test Set, proceed
Radar
)
as follows:
(SP position on the AN/UPM-98), and set PRF controls
for a prf of 350 to 450 pps.
Connect euuiument as shown in
Step 1,
and conne& Step 5.
Using the radar test set oscilloscope
MONITOR
and
the 1.45 p sec crystal markers, vary the
&cilloscope connector
f i g u r e
5 - 1
probe to-VIDEO
on the Transponder
Set.
SUBST PULSE POSN control so that the SIF reply bracket
Step 2.
pulses are spaced
as described below.
Check for the proper
TEST light indication
at each spacing.
Apply power to equipment
Step 3. Bracket
Set controls on control unit as in
20.15 usec
Go
Step 4.
On the C-6280(
NO-GO
20.00 u sec
GQ
20.60 u sec
To check
the
Release
frequency
FREQUENCY
the
M-1 switch.
test set to provide
Step 6.
attenuator
control
oscilloscope the AN/ UPM-98( ) wave-
at 1030 MHz to an accuracy
as shown in figure
antenna
6-3.
Set controls
It should
be within
6 - 1 2 .
Turn on Radar
Test Set and oscilloscope.
CHECKOUT
6 - 1 3 .
Adjust Radar Test Set for a mode
wavemeter) imately
1
at 1030 MHz (checked at an rf output
level
Modular subassemblies
approx-
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
using specially des -
igned testing fixtures which simulate and signal testing
of the
intended for repair or replacement
may be checked out individually with
equal to the level of the interro-
gation signal from the
OF ASSEMBLIES.
GENERAL.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
interrogation
on
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
on control unit as in table
5-2.
Step 5.
level at the transponder
connector.
2 db of the R-F OUT control setting the
Step 4.
is equal to the refer-
Taking cable losses into account, determine the rf signal
Step 3.
pulses observed on the
display
ence level noted in step 4.
Step 7.
Connect equipment
the output
of
+0. 1 MHz.
Step 2.
radar
so that the amplitude
of the demodulated
Spot - calibrate
Set up the
mode 1 interrogation.
On the radar test set adjust
follows :
meter
pulses
display.
of the TS-1843B/
APX simulated interrogation signal using an AN/ -. —---- / ) or other Ra~ar Tes< Set, pro;eed as UPM-Y6(
Step 1.
in
NO-GO
TEST SET INTERROGATION
CHECK.
of the demodulated
observed on the oscilloscope
Step 5. 6 - 1 0 .
) hold the M-1 switch
the TEST position and note as a reference the amplitude
20.45 usec
t a b l e
5 - 2 .
Test Light Indication
Spacing
and allow to
warm up.
input
and output
equipment
is not available,
be checked out using a
the normal power
connections.
If such special
the assemblies may
TS-1843B/APX
known to be in
propqr operating condition as part of the test bench Step 6.
Place
M-1 Mode Enable switch
on the
setup.
For access to components
control unit in the TEST position.
assemblies
Adjust the trigger delay on the Radar
the assembly, perform the
Test Set so that one pulse from the
procedure given in
assembly Step 7.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X Radar
on the
display.
On the Radar Test Set, rock the signal generator
frequency
control slowly around
1030 MHz until a zero beat indication
is
seen on the oscilloscope.
Step 9.
6 - 1 4 .
This is the
at the zero beat point.
TS-1843B/APX
signal frequency.
cards.
To check
the operation
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
Section
CHECKOUT
(pin
OF TIMING
ASSEMBLY
and continuity
measurements
indicated,
10) and +5 volts (pin
9). Apply a simulated
count gate trigger (a -3.5 to -5. Ovolt, negative-going, pulse) to pin 4.
Step 1. Connect
the oscilloscope
Modulation Duration
input probe
to
test point A2TP3.
Step 2. Apply a ground (M-1 gate) check the display
POWER CHECK.
To c%ck the power level of the TS - 1843 B/APX sim-
6 - 6
then
for ground (pin 1) +12 volts
to pin 16 and
for a pair of pu!ses (Pl
and P3) spaced approximately TEST SET INTERROGATION
A2. TO
any resis-
interrogation
It should be 1030 +
0.5 MHz.
6 - 1 1 .
of
checkout
V.
A2 on the bench, make
provide connections
8 microsecond
Read the frequency of the Radar Test Set signal generator
extender
check assembly tance
Step 8,
on
and one pulse from the
Test Set are superimposed
oscilloscope
and connections
A2, A3 and A4 make use of the special
onds apart.
Check
3 microsec-
that the P3 pulse dura-
tion can be adjusted by means of A2R34 from
T.O. NAVAIR
12P4-2APX-202 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 8 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
FIG. 6-2
F i g u r e 0.8tol.
6 - 3 .
Test Set Interrogation
O microsecond.
Frequency and Power Test Setup
Set A2R34 for
pairs spaced approximately
a P3 pulse duration & O. 9 microsecond.
5 micro-
seconds apart.
NOTE Step 4. On earlier
models
(Serial No. 4999 and
tilm] the mtiat~on set by select-
pulse duration is
a resistance
Move the ground from pin 15 to pin 14 (M-3/A gate).
Check for modulation
pulse pairs spaced approximately
value for
microseconds
8
apart.
A21U2 whkh will provide a P3 puke duration of 0.9 ~0. 5 wsec. (Refer
to parts list
Step 5.
Move the ground from pin 14 to pin 13
and usable on codes for range and selec -
(M-C gate).
tion of resistance
pulse pairs spaced approximately
values to be used. )
Step 3. Move the ground from pin 16 to pin 15 (M-2 gate). Check for modulation
Check
21 microseconds
for modulation
apart.
pt@e 6-7
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 Step 6.
Connect oscilloscope
Channel A input
established
probe to test point A2TP2. Adjust the oscilloscope
delay so that the 50% point
of the leading edge of the 20th clock pulse intersects
a vertical line on the graticule.
Step 8. Adjust
in step 6 above.
A2R36 for a bracket
with a duration
decode
pulse
of O. 37 microsecond at
A2TP4. NOTE
Step 7.
Apply
+5 volts
dc to pin 5. Connect
the
oscilloscope input to test point A2TP4.
models
(Serial
below) the bracket decode
No. 4999 and pulse duration
Check that the leading edge of the bracket
is set by selecting
decode
pulse observed may be varied by
A2R15 which will provide a pulse dura-
means
of A2R28 from less than O. 5 micro-
second
to more than 1 microsecond
with
respect to the 20th clock pulse position
Figure 6 - 8
On earlier
6-4.
Evaluator
a resistance
tion of O. 3710.03 Wsec. (Refer
value for
to parts
listing and usable on codes for range and selection of resistance values to be used, )
Assembly & Test Setup
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
6 - 1 5 .
C~CKOW
TO check tice
OF EVALUATOR
and continuity
measurements
wset to test equipment
indicated,
then con-
at A3TP2 for +10 volts am-
plitude at 400 pps ~ 50 pps to determine not the PRF Generator
in Wsitions shown in
t a b l e
Read Gate Generator
whether or
is working. Check that the
circuit is functioning
by obeerv -
ing the 4 volt, 25 #see gate pulse at A3TP3.
Turn cm ~wer to
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
Check
b. If all circuits
that wtmt at pin 15 of A3 assembly (lamp
oscilloscope
actiating
Video) and channel
line) goes to approximately
Connect
appear
channel
to be functioning,
oseUlosc~e
to ptn 5 of A3 assembly
connect
A to A3TP4 (shaped Reply
B to pin 1 of Bracket
Gate A3U2B and if necessary proceed
+12 volts.
step 2.
are not normal, check
Place
f i g u r e
step 2.
sbp 1*
a. If outputs
the Sync Out signal of approximately
6 - 4 .
as shm in
mtrob on AN/APM-362 6 - 2 ,
ASSEMBLY A3.
assembly A3 on the bench, make any resis-
(1) In assemblies
Decode
as follows:
using board Serial
No. 3500 or
and check that the Test Oate (50 # sec pulse)
higher, replace
A3R55 with a value between 6. 65K
is present.
and 24.3 Kohm which will center the A3TP4 pulse on the A3U3B pulse.
Step 3.
Move oscilloscope A3 assembly
connection
to pin 4 of
and check that the Count Gate
(2) In assemblies 3499 replace
Tfig@r Signal is present.
using board Serial
No. 1 through
A3R55 with a value between 4. 7K and
33 Kohm. &ep 4.
Corm-t oscilloscow to pin 15 of A3 assembly.
Note that the output at pin 15
is alterutely
for approxi-te& step 5.
On AN/APM-362, place REPLY
(1094 =z).
(1) In assemblies
FRE-
switch in +4 position
The output at pin 15 should
go to approtimtely
the oscilloscope
to A3TP5 (Frequency)
ceed as follows:
2 seconds.
Q~NCY SELECT
c. Connect
and A3TP7 (Delayed Bracket) and if necessary pro-
htgh and low, staytng low
+24 volts. Return
the
higher, replace
using board Serial
No. 3500 or
A3R40 with a value between 6. 65K
and 24.3 Kohm which will center
the narrow A3TP7
pulse on the A3TP5 pulse.
REPLY FREQ~NCY SELECT switch to 1090 MHz. The output at pin 15 should return to approximately
+12 volts.
(2) In assemblies through 3499 replace
using board serial No. 1 A3R40 with a value between
4. 7K and 22 Kohm and repeat Step 6.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
The voltage at pin 15
CM A3 assembly should go to approximately +24 volts. RWomect the TS-1843B/APX.
the cable
to IJ3 on
The voltage
shaM return to ap~otimtely
at ptn 15
+12 volts.
6 - 1 6 .
CHECKOUT OF REGULATOR
To check assembly
On the M/APM-362,
move the BRACKET
ASSEMBLY A4.
A4 on the bench, make any
resistance and continuity
measurements
then provide connections
for ground (pin 4), and +26
volts (pin 7). Connect between
Step 7.
test above.
Discmect the cable from 1J3 on the
a 120 ohm 1 watt
pins 7 and 8. Connect voltmeter
indicated,
resistor to pin 2
(+12 volt output) .
SPA~G SE LECT stitch to -0.30 p sec. The WtWt at pin 15 should go to approxi-tely
+24 volts. %tin
Step 1.
Apply simulated connection)
the BRACKET
SPA~G SELECT retch to 20.30 p sec.
control input (ground
to pin 6. Check for +12 volts
at pin 2.
The outwt at pin 15 sbouM return to a~rtimtely
+12 volts.
Step 2.
Move voltmeter
connection
to pin 1.
Check for +5 volts. If output is not 5 volts, &ep 8.
While
okemtig
9.
A4R6 with value (205 ohms, 226
ohms, 249 ohms, or 274 ohms) which will
to +0.30
give the proper voltage.
#s*. The amt at ptn 15 should
again go to aw-m~ly
Step
replace
the a~t at pin 15, move
the -C=T SPA~NG SE LECT switch
+24 volts. Return
tie BWC=T SFAmG SE LECT switch to
6 - 1 7 .
20. S0 #sec. The output at pin 15 should
ASSEMBLY Al. To check
return to a~mfi-teh +12 volts.
bench, proceed
Cmmect the o=i-om to test potnt A3TP4 cm the
T S - l 8 4 3 B / A P X
A3 assembly. Shaped
reply ** Wmti-te&
0.1 v sec wide
CHECKOUT OF POWER AND CONTROL
Step 1.
the Al assembly
on the
as follows:
Check for continuity
between the following
points : lJ1 pill 2 and ChilSSiS
ad +6 volts h amplitude should be present.
6 - 9
T.O. NAVAIR
12P4-2APX-202 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 6 - 1 8 .
lJ1 pin 7 and pin lU
CHECKOUT OF SIGNAL GENERATOR/
RECEIVER A2J1 pin 1 and pin 11 and chassis
ASSEMBLY A5. To check
bly on the bench, proceed
the A5 assem
as follows:
A3J1 pin 1 and pin 11 and chassis Step 1. A5P1 pin 5 and chassis
Check for the indicated measured
between
resistances
ground and the
following points on connector A5P1:
A6P1 pin 1 and chassis A4J1 pin 1 and A2J1 pin 9- A5P1 pin 3
Pin 1
and A3JI pin 9 A4J1 pin 2 and A2J1 pin 10- A5P1 pin 4
800M0 ohms —
Pin 2 800+40 —
ohms
Pin
ohms
and A3J1 pin 10 4 200+20
A6P1 pin 3 and A3J1 pin 13 Pin 5 Less than
A6P1 pin 2 and A3J1 pin 12 A4J1 pin 4 and chassis
Step 2.
1 ohm
Connect a VTVM (with a 100 Kilohm, 1/4 watt resistor in series with the probe)
A2J1 pin 5 and A3J1 pin 5
to pin 3 of A5A1Q1. Set the VTVM to the A2J1 pin 4 and A3J1 pin 4
negative voltage
A2J1 pin 3 and A3J1 pin 3
scale and check that the negative is O. 75 volt or higher.
A2J1 pin 2 and A3J1 pin 2 Step 2.
Make the following
resistance
measure-
6 - 1 9 .
CHECKOUT OF VSWR ADJUST ASSEMBLY
A6. To check
ments: lJ1 pin 4 to A2J1 pin 16 (47 ohms *5’%) lJ1 pin 5 to A2J1 pin 15 (47 ohms +5%)
the A6 assembly
on the bench,
pro-
ceed as follows: Step 10
Measure
resistance
from A6P1 pin 3
(brown wire) to wiper of A6R6 (white lJ1 pin 6 to A2J1 pin 14 (47 ohms +5%)
wire).
It should be 2. 4K+5%.
lJ1 pin 9 to A2J1 pin 13 (47 ohms +5%) Step 2, Step 3.
Connect ground to lJ1 pin 2 and +28 volts
Temporarily between
Step 5.
wire). connect a 28 volt lamp
Step 3.
lJ1 pin 8 and ground.
Ground A3J1 pin 15 (lamp
Temporarily
enable)
. Note
connect
Step 4.
Check for continuity
between
meter
+ lead to A4J1 pin 6, - lead to chassis.
volt-
6 - 2 0 .
CHECKOUT OF DIRECTIONAL PROBE
ASSEMBLY
A7. To check the A7 assembly
on the
as follows:
Ground lJ1 pin 3 (Monitor Enable) and
ground
at A4J1 pin 6 drops.
Step 1.
at lJ1 pin 3. Voltage
Apply ground
to lJ1 pin 4. Voltage
at
Step 2.
ground;
chassis.
drop. Remove
ohmmeter
Resistance
5 ohms.
Reverse
should be greater
to lJ1 pin 5. Voltage at
pin 6 should
voltage
Step 3.
Step 10. Apply ground to IJ1 pin 6. Voltage
at
ground;
Apply positive ohmmeter
Step 11. Apply ground to lJ1 pin 9. Voltage d
voltage
drop. Remove
should rise.
chassis. iO.
Resistance
5 ohms.
Reverse
should be greater
should rise.
A4J1 pin 6 should
leads;
resistance
ground;
should rise.
A4J1 pin 6 should drop. Remove
lead to
should be 150 ohms
than 50K ohms.
input lead; negative
voltage
It should be 49.9
Apply positive ohmmeter lead to green
+0.
A4J1
from SIG GEN probe
to chassis.
input lead; negative
should rise.
Apply ground
line
ohms *o. 5 ohms.
A4JI pin 6 should drop. Remove voltage
Measure resistance input
should rise.
6 - 1 0
A6P1 (blat k
a 36K resistor be-
A4J1 pin 6 and pin 8. Connect
Remove
Step 9.
between A6P1 pin 4
wire) and A6 board ground bus.
tween
note that voltage
Step 8.
It should be 2. 4K+5%.
Check for continuity
bench, proceed Step ‘7.
from A6P1 pin 3
(yellow wire) and high side of A6R2.
that lamp goes on.
Step 6.
resistance
(brown wire) to wiper of A6R2 (gray
to lJ1 pin 1.
Step 4.
Measure
ground;
lead to yellow
ohmmeter
lead to
should be 150 ohms leads;
resistance
than 50K ohms.
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-9
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 6 - 2 1 .
TROUBLESHWT~G
ASSEMBLIES.
When
PRF SELECT
400
OUTP~ POWER
20 dbw indication
locati~ a specific faulty circuit and component in an assembly determined trotileshwt
by mesns of standard
the support idormation diagrams, Resistmee
to be malfunctioning,
theory
LEVEL AflJUST
techniques using
provided in the schematic
of o~ration,
and continui~
tive; however,
meter
etc, in this manual.
measurements may be
ating
best results will be obtained
measurements
volt~es
tracing
REPLY
connected
to the assembly.
si~als, and logic circuits
SELECT INTERROGATION
by apply-
-50 DBM
LEVEL
Assem-
cards are available
checked while connected into a
20.30
BFUICKET SPACING
Signal
ing the proper input grounds ad voltages. blies for which etiender
1090
from
suitable input
may be checked
FREQUENCY
SELECT
taken with the normal oper-
may be utilized by injecting
PEAK
PCRVER LEVEL
taken thrcmgh circuits which are essentially resis-
volt~e
on OUTPUT
BEAT FREQUENCY
may be
OFF
SELECT
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
which is bow to be operating properly.
TS-1843B/APX
LINE
28
VOLTAGE 6 - 2 2 .
CALIBRATION AND ALIGNMENT . Step 4.
6 - 2 3 .
R-F IN CONTROL A3R46. The R-F IN con-
trol A3R46, located on the rear end of the A P X ,
should be calibrated
C-6280(
)~APX when tr=sponder
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
AN/APM-362,
Set Control
figure
step 2.
20 and 28 dbw
Step 5.
TS-1843B/TPX
of
On the
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
set the R-F IN
control A3R46 to 28 dbw.
On the AN/APM-362 set the OUTPUT POWER
as shown in
6-5.
On the
on tne
the threshold
indicator i amps.
Step 6. the equipment
just above
the GO/NO-Co point of the reply status
are received at the ANTENNA receptacle 1J2. To . . . . camma~e the A3R46 control proceed as follows:
Connect
set the CAL ADJ
IFF reply signals
within &2& of a preset level between
step 1.
T S - 1 6 4 3 B / A P X
control A3R51 for a GO indication
to provide a GO indica-
tion by the TEST lamp of Transponder
On the
LEVEL
ADJUST control for a
28dbw indication
on the OUTPUT
POWER
meter.
LEVEL
PEAK
set the R-F IN Step 7.
control to 20 dbw.
Check that the reply status GO lamp on the AN/APM -362 is lit. If it is not lit,
Step 3.
On the AN\APM -362 set the controls
readjust A3R51 until it does light.
as
follows : Step 8. ON/OFF
ON
POWER
ON
MODE SELECT
MONITOR
OPE~TE/
OPERATE
Repeat steps 2 through 7 until a GO/NOGO threshold
is obtained
at both the 20
dbw and 28 dbw preset levels. Step 9.
Set the dial for the desired operational R-F IN threshold locking
STANDBY
F i g u r e
6 - 5 .
level and tighten the
screw.
R-F IN Control Setup
6 - 1 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
6 - 2 4 .
R-F OUT CONTROL A2R21. The R-F OUT
control A2R21, located T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X , interrogation
should be calibrated
signal
a preset level
to provide IFF
outputs in the selected
of -65 dbm. To calibrate
6 - 2 5 .
PRF AAIUSTMENT
triggering
on the rear end of the
mode at
the A2R21
rate of the
A3R2. The internal
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
can be adjusted
to a rate between 350 and 450 pulses per second by meams
of the PRF ADJ control
triggering
A3R2.
To adjust
the
rate. proceed as follows:
control proceed as follows: Energize the
Step 10 Step 1.
Connect equipment as shown in f i g u r e with
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
in a system
6-5.
Connect Sync Out test point A3TP2 on the
Step 2,
TS-1843B/APX
to the “A” input connector
Connect oscilloscope to J5 video out jack on
on the counter.
Adjust PRF ADJ control
the AN/APM-362 and oscilloscope
A3R2 for a prf of 400 pps, or any required
probe to
TP1 on A3 of TS-1843B/APX.
Step 3.
figure
RF OUT control set
at 65 dbm.
Step 2.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
setup as shown in
6 - 5
On the AN/APM-362
operational rate between 350 and 450 pps.
set the controls
as
follows:
6 - 2 6 .
VSWR CONTROL
A6R6. The VSWK control
A6R6. located on the transponder 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
ON/OFF
ON
POWER
ON
MODE SELECT
MODE
lamp on the transponder condition
OPERATE/STANDBY
STANDBY
PRF SELECT
80%0
REPLY
1090
FREQUENCY
control
T S -
to cause the TEST
to indicate
a NO-GO
when the VSWR of the antenna system ex-
ceeds the preset threshold
1
end of the
should be calibrated
by 2 db or more.
level (between
To calibrate
6 and 12db)
the VSWR dial pro-
ceed as follows: Step 1. Connect ments
the equipment
for VSWR nleasure
-
as shown in figure 6-1.
SELECT BRACKET SPACING
NOTE
20.30
SELECT BEAT
The VSWR measuring
FREQUENCY
brated
PULSE
SELECT
p a r a g r a p h
5 - 5
nical manual Step 4.
While
equipment
is cali-
according to the instructions
in
of the AN/APM-362 tech-
(T.O.
33D7-8-81-1).
observing the P1 and P3 Mode 3/A
pulses, peak .45Z1 and A5A1T2 for max-
Step 2.
Remove cable from stub tuner and connect
imum signal output and best wave shape.
to J7 of the AN/APM-362.
(Adjust A5A1T2 to the inner peak, which
on the AN/APM-362 and the
Set the controls
allows the greatest portion of the tuning
A P X
slug to be inside the coil form. )
that the OUTPUT POWER
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
as in steps 2 and 3 of T a b l e
6 - 2
LEVEL
except
ADJUST
control is to be set for an output level of Step 5.
Set R-F Out control A2R21 for -55 dbm.
Step 6.
Set AN/APM-362
INTERROGATION
LEVEL
30 dbw.
Step 3.
Remove
cable from J7 of the AN/APM-362
and reconnect
DBM for -55 dbm.
capacitance Step 7.
to stub tuner.
(10:1)
Adjust A2R20 (M= RF Out Adj) so that the
oscilloscope
P1 and P3 interrogation
point A6TP2 on the
same amplitude
pulses are the
using a low
probe, connect
the
input to the VSWR video test T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
as the -55 dbm reference Step 4.
pulse.
Adjust Mismatch
MX-9052/APM-362
for an
SWR of 9db. Step 8.
Set the R-F Out Control
A2R21 for -75 dbm.
Step 9.
Adjust the AN/APM-362 INTERROGATION
set the slide
LEVEL
output between
Step 5.
DBM for -75 dbm.
While observing the displayed
Disconnect Step 10.
same amplitude
Step 6.
pulses are the
maximum
video
and minimum.
the probe from A6TP2.
a
GO/NO-GO
the locking
Set the R-F Out Control
A2R21 to -65 dbm
and return the AN/APM-362 TION LEVEL
iNTERROGA-
if
steps 5 thru 10 until desired
results are obtained.
step 7.
A6R2 to Tighten
nut on A6R2.
Adiust the mismatch and displace
control
threshold.
the slide
for an SWR of 10.5 db assembly *1OO de~rees.
At all positions the NO-GO lamp on ihe ANi
DBM control to -65 dbm.
Pulses should be the same amplitude, not, repeat
Adjust the calibration obtain
as the -75 dbm reference
pulse.
6 - 1 2
video,
Adjust A2R22 (Min RF Out Adj) so that the PI and P3 interrogation
Step 11.
VSWR
assembly for an average
APM-362 should be lit.
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Step
8.
Step 2.
~wt the mbmtih for an SW? of 7. 5db and -e the elide assembly
Adjust L1 for minimum
inductance
by
turning the slug to the unwound end of the
+100 de-
coil form.
-s. At all positbs the (30 lamp on the M/APM-962 sWd be Ut. Step 3. 6 - 2 7 .
GE~W~WRECE~R mxmbly
A5. The alignment
cmsi~s d *O pties:
b A5AI *sembly;
(b) Ali-ent
msembly tiwtd in a
of the circuit directly connected
of this
(a) Prealignment
inductance voltage
case.
-0.75 a. Pretiwent
of *@$embly
and ~wt the A5AI subassembly
volts
decrease.
on the bench pro-
the VTVM. The
or
higher.
peak,
Continue
If the peak voltage
- ~wer
If the peak
volts, continue
Adjwhent.
S@ 1. Set up -sembly as shown in
f i g u r e
on. Make certain
VTVM is set to negative
tuning
~
is -1.2 volts
or less, the oscillator adjustment plete.
@c~tior
while observing
should rise to a negative
past the peak until the output just starts to
A5AI. - To align
Ced as fwms:
1.
portion
to it) and
adjust the L1 tuning slug for an increased
of
of the complete
TS1843B/APX
Place the resistor -termimted VTVM probe on pin 3 of Q1 (or some convenient
~T~m AND ALIGNMENT OF SIGNAL
6 - 6 .
voltage
exceeds
is com-1.2
tuning through the peak (in-
creased
inductance)
creased
by 10% of the peak output (e.g.
until the output is de-
reduce -2.0 volts to -1.8 volts. )
that the
scale and that the NOTE
100K, 1/4 watt resistor is in series with the probe (this resistor is required to remove the probe capacitance
and must be
employd as the probe tip. )
F i g u r e
6 - 6 .
Test Setup for Oscillator,
DO
not use anv other method for oscillator
tuning or re~”rning
Pulse Amplifier,
other than the one given.
ahd IF Gain Adjustment
6 - 1 3
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 2. Pulse
Amplifier
Pretuning.
Step 2.
Connect figure
Step 1.
Set up equipment
as in
f i g u r e
6 - 6 .
the equipment
as shown in
6-7.
Place
RF Test/fF Test switch in RF Test position.
Step 3.
Set the controls on the AN/APM -362 as follows :
Step 2.
Adjust the Receiver
Signal Generator
Mod-
ulation input level to +8 volts and observe the demodulated
POWER IN
ON
85.833 MHz output of the test BEAT FREQUENCY
detector.
SELECT step 3.
Adjust transformer A5A1T2 for the maximum detector
PULSE
INTERROGATION
LEVEL
-65 DBM
output (tune to the “inner”
peak, which allows the greatest
portion of
the tuning slug to be inside the coil form),
OPERATE/STANDBY
STANDBY
PRF SELECT
8~
The peak output should be 0.6 volt minimum. REPLY FREQUENCY 3. 60 MHz Amplifier
and Frequency
SELECT
Discriminator
Adjustment.
1090 MHz
BRACKET SPACING SELECT
Step 1.
Set up equipment as shown in
figure
20.3 USEC
6-6. OUTPUT
Place RF Test/IF Test switch im IF Test
LEVEL
position.
POWER ADJUST
20 DBW
TS-1843/APX LINE Step 2.
Switch on power, disable
or reduce the 60
VOLTAGE
SELECT
28
MHz RF test level below -70 dbv and observe
MODE
the dc output level (oscilloscope
baseline).
It should
be approximately
+1.5
MODE 1
MODE C CIRCUIT
TEST
OFF
volts (this is the “No Signal” level). POWER SWITCH (in Step 3.
Set the gain potentiometer clockwise, attenuator
Power and Control Sec -
A5A1R23 fully
tion of AN/APM-362)
and adjust the signal generator to increase
at 60 MHz to 1 volt greater than the No Signal
level.
should
not be more
The required than
represents the receiver
Step 4.
ON
the dc output level
level
Step 4.
Observe the demodulated pulses on the channel
setting
the level of the receiver
-32 dbv. (This
interrogation
A display. Note video.
sensitivity). Step 5.
Adjust A2R21
(RF out, -DBM) to 65 dbm.
Step 6.
Adjust A5Z1 and A5A1T2 for the maximum
Set the gain control A5A1R23 fully counter clockwise and readjust the signal generator attenuator
amplitude
to obtain the 1 volt greater out-
put specified
in step 3 above.
should be greater
at the best wave shape. (Adjust
A5A1T2 to the inner peak,
The input
which allows
the greatest po~ ~icm of the tuning slug to
than -35 dbv,
be inside the coil form. ) Step 5.
Adjust the gain control A5A1R23 to maximum
Step 6.
@vee~
gain.
Mode Reauired).
- Increase
the
in-
Step 7.
Set R-F Out control A2R21 for -55 dbm.
Step 8.
Set AN/APM-362
or calibrated
oscilloscope
1 -volt amplitude curve.
(The
trace)
LEVEL
the Step 9.
points on the response
6 db bandwidth is defined
the difference
INTERROGATION
DBM for -55 dbm.
put 6 ~b and note” (from frequency markers
between these frequencies.
Adjust A2R20 (Max RF Out Adj ) so that the TS-1843B/APX
by
P1 and P3 interrogation
pulses are the same amplitude
)
dbm reference
The 6 db bandwidth would be a minimum
as the -55
pulse.
of 6.2 MHz.
b. Alignment
of complete
Signal
Generator/Receiv
er Assembly A5.
Step 10,
Set the R-F Out Control
A2R21 for -75 dbm
Step 11.
Adjust the AN/APM-362
INTERROGATION
LE”VEL DBM for -75 dbm.
Step 1.
Install sembly
6 - 1 4
the signal generator/receiver
as-
(under test) in a TS-1843B/APX
Step 12.
Adjust A2R22 (Min RF Out Adj) so that the
Test Set from which the signal generator/
P1 and P3 interrogation
receiver
amplitude
assembly
has been removed.
pulses
are the same
as the -75 dbm reference
pulse.
T.O.
12
NAVAIR
P4-2APX-202 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
F i g u r e
Step 13.
6 - 7 .
Signal Generator/Receiver
Assembly Adjustment
Set the R-F Out Control A2R21 to -65 dbm
6 - 3 0 .
and return the AN/APM-362
CIRCUIT
TICMJ LEVEL
lNTERROGA-
DBM control to -65 dbm.
Pulses should be the same amplitude, not, repeat
REPLACEMENT
if
steps 5 thru 10 until desired
A2R21 to -65 dbm.
Connect Chan B of oscilloscope
MODE SELECT to
MONITOR, PRF SELECT OPEWTE/STANDBY step 15.
While obsemtig
to TP5 of
tube equipment
will occur.
However,
care should be exercised
is done.
Avoid unsoldering
Select
if a shorted
or
in troubleshooting
parts from
damage
the circuit
boards just for the purpose of testing.
to 400 and
switch to OPERATE.
the frequency
pulse on the
When soldering parts on printed circuit boards, use only a small pencil-type
pulse amplitude.
soldering
iron with a power rating
40 watts or less. A heavier Step 16.
it is
be encountered,
:he suspected circuits so that no additional
channel B display, adjust A5A1 R23 for m=imum
circuits
unlikely that failures like those common to electron
sxtreme
place
transistorized
low operating voltages,
burnt component should occasionally
Adjust R-F Out Control
A3 assembly,
UF PARTS ON PRINTED
Because
require comparatively
results are obtained.
Step 14.
BOARDS.
Setup
reply frequencies
from 1086 MHz
iron may damage
of
solderlng
the boards or the
to 1094 MHz by turning the REPLY FRE -
small
Q~NCY SELECT’ control to each posi -
thin 60-40 rosin -core solder (such as
tion. Adjust
Kester No. 44).
A5A1R23
to establish a mini-
components
on them.
Use
only
mum output of 1.2 volts at 1087 or 1093 Mliz, whichever gives the lowest
output.
Because
of the compactness
of the equipment,
the
The IF output should not be less than 0.7
parts are mounted
volt at 1094 and 1086 MHz} +1. 2 volts or
very
greater
from the bottom of the board while gently lifting the
at 1093 and 1087 MHz, and +3. O
volts minimum
short leads.
on the printed circuit boards with To remove
part with a suitable
at 1090 MHz.
small
such parts,
the area by scraping
heat
tool. Remove the heat
source as soon as the part is released, 6 - 2 8 . REPAIR PROCEDURES.
apply
then clean
off the old solder and brushing
it away. Open up the mounting holes and insert a new 6 - 2 9 .
GE~ML.
rqtied for the
NO specti
repair procedures are
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X .
Standard techniques
for- the repro of solid-state electronic dticussd below.
circuitry =e
part in the same position as the removed part. Apply a small amount of solder to the connection
points on
the printed circuit side of the board and re-coat the heated area with moisture-resistant
varnish.
6 - 1 5
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P x - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
The use of ultrasonic
cleaning
methods
on printed circuit board assemblies
When working on printed circuit
is
keep all soldering
not recommended
since it can be harmful
copper foil to a minimum.
to the transistors
and integrated
heat can loosen the copper
mounted
on them.
Severe
ultrasonic
stresses at certain frequencies en or fracture transistors
circuits
the
may weak-
the small wires in the
REPAIRING
etched
FOIL BREAKS.
it
on the boards.
Such breaks
can result exces -
sive strain on the board. If the break is small and is close to a soldered
repaired by cleaning some
solder
connection,
a component,
leave
a longer lead on
the new component and bend it to bridge the break, then apply solder to join both the lead and the foil.
6 - 1 6
Always
is melted.
are
very
closely
or soldering
spaced. When
new components,
sive deposits of solder.
on the boards
repairing
breaks
avoid leaving
exces-
Small particles of solder
left sticking
to the board may cause a short or an
intermittent
condition to occur.
it can easily be
the broken section and adding
to close the break. If a break occurs
while removing
damage.
In some areas the copper connections Occasionally
from accidents during repair or from placing
located
cause
the soldering iron tip as soon
as the solder
may become necessary to repair breaks in the copper circuits
and
Excessive strips from
and IC’s or cause damage that
may result in early failure.
6 - 3 1 .
boards
remove
boards,
operations on the
6 - 3 2 .
MAINTENANCE
For Ma=nce Allocation
Chart,
ALLOCATION (ARMY).
Allocation
and the Maintenance
see Appendix A,
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
SECTION
VII
PARTS LIST
7 - 1 .
INTRODUCTION.
the part is applicable
to all assemblies.
Refer to
the listing of the Usable On Codes given below. 7 - 2 .
This Parts List lists, describes and illustrates
the assemblies,
subassemblies and detail
comprise the Test Set, Transponder A P X
Set
parts that
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X
manufactured by ASC Systems Corporation,
Chicago,
Illinois,
udder contract
Usable On Code
number F33657-71-
C-0175.
7 - 3 .
GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST.
7-4. The Group Assembly
Parts
illustrations
listing of parts in order of
and columnar
List consists of
disassembly sequence,
except
of disassembly
be maintained.
cannot
where
such a sequence
of the article
view of the
103 and higher
c
1 to 4999
D
5000 and higher
E
1 to 7599
F
7600 and higher
G
1 to 3499
:
3500 and higher
K
1 to 12,047
L
12,048 and higher
into further
subassemblies presented on succeeding illustrations.
7 - 5 .
1 to 102
B
3500 to 4999
equipment to serve as a visual index
to the group bre&down
7 - 6 .
7 - 7 .
The parts listing is arranged in five columns
NUMERICAL INDEX.
The Numerical
the parts listing,
as follows:
Number Column a. The
SECTION
AND INDEX NO. column
lists
the
and the index number
lists
the Government
standard part number or the manufacturer’ numkr
of the Parts Listing cross referenced
to the Provisioning
7 - 8 .
NO. column
s part
Codes assigned by the Air Force
7 - 9 .
PROVISIONING
CODES.
Policies, general
for changing source tained in
for each part listed.
T . O .
information
modifiers
necessary
indicate
the part. Each de-
is properly indented to
the relationship to its next higher assembly.
For vendor parts,
the vendor’
s code, in accordance
with Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers
H4- 1, is
shown in this column enclosed in parentheses, lowed
0 0 - 2 5 - 1 9 5 .
is the manu-
facturer
of Vendor’
of the part. For explanation
s
equipment
was purchased.
influenced
by (a) maintenance
ties,
(d)
actions,
economic
policies,
(c) base facilities
considerations.
7 - 1 0 .
was
(b) predicted and capabili-
Definitions
of
below.
AIR FORCE SOURCE CODES AND DEFINITIONS.
7 - 1 1 .
“P” SERIES . pARTS PROC~ED AND UNDER INVENTORY STOCK CONTROL.
a. Code “P’ identifies
d. In the UNITS PER ASSY column are shown of the part used in that particular
assembly.
~ABLE
ON CODE column
and parts to indicate
contains coding specific usability
consistent with the activity’ maintenance.
gency) service considered
practicable
after confirmation
APX e~ipment.
sources.
no Usable
On Code appears,
s authorized scope of
or known.
manufacture
may be
by any level of maintenance
Code “P’ is applied
of the listed parts by serial numbers of the TS-1843B/ mere
parts which
and installed
usage is anticipated
for assemblies
were
when this
Assignment of codes
these codes are as described
requisitioned
e. The
codes herein
should be made to the latest edition
of Wdbk H4- 1.
qu-tities
repair level
(see Source Code and Repair Code columns)
maintenance
are con-
men a vendor’ s code is
not listed, ASC ~stems Corporation
Codes reference
coding
Generally, the source
fol-
by the ASC Systems Corp. part number also
enclosed in parentheses.
and procedures
assigned by Air Force and Navy personnel
and any additional
to identify
tail part cm subassembly
information,
and maintenance
codes and maintenance c. The DE SCNPTION column lists the name of the part with applic~le
follows
parts shown in the Part
of the parts shown
in the illustration.
b. The P~T
Index, which immediately
includes
and Navy.
section in the handbook, the figure number of the illustration,
Serial No.
A
The first
illustration of the parts list is an overall TS-1843B/APX
MASTER USABLE ON CODING LIST
T S - 1 8 4 3 B /
to parts on which
Restricted
(emer-
of code “P” items is
but may be accomplished
of non-availability
only
from supply
7 - 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
b. Code “PD” identifies
depot -level
by AF activities
maintenance
is considered
authorized
only. Code “PD”
to parts on whit h usage is anticipated tricted (emergency)
after confirmation
is applied
or known. Res -
service manufacture
practical
b. Code
parts which may be re-
quisitioned and installed
tenance
only
from supply
“Ml”
facilities
requisitioned consistent
parts which
and installed
may
maintenance.
Code “PI” is applied
usage is anticipated manufacture
is considered
d. Code “PID”
1. Procurement
2. Their
to parts on which service
parts which
may
is not justified
storage
main-
because
and installation
of low
factors.
are to be met by
from the geographical
manufacture
field maintenance 3. Their equipment
impractical.
identifies
be manu-
and to which all of the following
usage or peculiar
level
scope of
or known, and which
can
AMA, SSM,
AMA, or IM AMA.
be
by any maintenance
with the activity’ s authorized
which
depot-level
apply:
requisitioning identifies
parts
authorized
The need of base activities
sources.
c. Code “P1”
identifies
at activities
conditions
of code “PD”
but may be accomplished
of non-availability
factured
7 - 1 3 .
be
is beyond
activities
manufacture
not normally
capabilities
of
as outlined above. does
not require
authorized
tools
or
at all AMAs.
“A” SERIES - ASSEMBLE, ASSEMBLE NOT PROCURED.
requisitioned depot-level
and installed
maintenance
by AF activities
only.
Code
to parts on which usage is anticipated which service manufacture
e. Code
sistent with the activity’
require
s authorized
special
tools,
are very difficult, manufacture
templates,
impractical,
require infrequent or
other
procurement
to such parts as
These
usage,
Code
items
are purchased
b. Code
“Al”
scribed
to
by AF activities
authorized
maintenance
is applied to parts as described to delayed
procurement
7 - 1 4 .
“M”
a.
Code “X” is applied to main structural
only.
This
parts, repair.
code
items.
identifies
field maintenance following
activities;
conditions
PARTS NOT
usage or peculiar
the
manufacture
the capabilities
and to which
and
of
all of the
apply:
1. Procurement
because
and installation
of low
factors.
Needs are to be met by local manufacture
only as
required.
b. Code
example,
“X1”
equipment
manufacture
not require
tools,
or skills not normally authorized at field
maintenance
level.
3. Does not require authorized
does
at field maintenance
not normally
to obtain
inseparable
suggest
etc. )
applicable
an assembly
4. Does not require
7 - 2
material
not normally
avail-
for
a part
set; or a part of any assembly
would
suggest extensive
assembly.
In some
an integral
which has no anticipated
was source-coded
re-
cases, detail
code part
usage and as
“M” or “Ml”.
Code “XID’ identifies parts which are described
under the “Xl” code but which are applicable authorized
d. Code
“X2”
depot-level
identifies
to any level of maintenance s authorized
there is no anticipated
parts
which
consistent
are
only.
applicable
with the
scope of maintenance,
for which
usage, and which are imprac-
for service manufacture.
reclamation
to AF
maintenance
This type of item
not be stocked. Such parts shall be obtained able in AF inventory.
s
and f~r which it is
from its assembly;
of such
at any
with the activity’
part such as a welded
“Xl” may be used to indicate
c.
to retire
the next higher assembly;
detail
in a matched
conditioning
tical
level.
parts
consistent
scope of maintenance
which, if required,
activity’ test equipment
section structure,
identifies
an integral
activities
2. Their
member
would
The need for a part or parts coded
level of maintenance
of an assembly
is not justified
storage
de-
from service.
authorized
parts,
are within
which, if required,
spars, center
the article
which are
segment
of which
can be
depot-level
“X’ SERIES - PARTS CONSIDERED IMPRAC-
machined Code
which
authorized,
should normally result in a recommendation
parts
PROCURED.
a.
assemblies
TICAL FOR SERVICE MANUFACTURE.
extensive
under code “P2” and
“M” SERIES - MANUFACTURE,
installation
identifies
of
service manufactured.
only and is applied to assemblies
more feasible 7 - ` 1 2 .
of being and is applied
under “A” code.
or similar
Delayed
insurance-type
which may be installed depot-level
and/or
at AF activities
maintenance
are not
as a result of acci-
occurrences.
identifies
capable
jigs, and
items are included under this code.
“P2D”
items
to assemblies of two or more parts, the majority
“X” (wing f.
identifies
at any level of maintenance
or wearout but may
replacement
unexpected
and/or
“A”
assembled
or uneconomical
by AF activities.
subject to periodic placement
dents
con-
scope of
structural items of very limited
a. Code assembled
which
spare
by an AF activity
This code is applied
maintenance. are basically
impractical.
insurance-type
can be installed
is applied
or known, and
is considered
‘ ‘P2° identifies
parts which
authorized
“PID”
or, if not available
from
from this source,
will
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 O 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 requisitioned
through normal supply channel
with supporttig justfiication ment
and imm~tiiate
iustify
for cme-time
use. Repeated
together
procure-
reaue;ts
tools, and technicai
shall
capability
a ehage to a code “P~’ or “P2’; as applicable,
f considered
economical
for overhaul of these items.
to procure and store such
$m’ts.
of repair are procured
applicable
field
e. Co$e ‘SX2D” identifies
parts which
are described to AF
activities
authortied depot-level
Repeated
requests for such parts shall justify a
maintenance
the design charac~eris[
considered
economical
by the degree
if
generation.
If these
and feasible to procure and
FACT~ED, installation
NOT PROCURED,
OR STOCKED. drawtigs,
field-service
Code
diagrams,
drawing
numbers,
wise of supply significance, which cannot
be procured
“U’”
to
sheets,
r:.~ parts not other-
including
obsolete
parts,
cm service manufactured.
e.
MAINTENANCE REPAIR LEVEL
following
are the maintenmce
CODES. The
repair level
“s’ - NO
REPAIR.
value.
When these items fail
Code
“S’
codes and
identifies
and have no reclamation they will be disposed
]f at user level as condemned m~terial.
by the mobile
“B”
“B” identifies conditioned soldering
-
NO
REPAIR;
RECONDITION.
Code
assemblies or parts that will be re-
at the user level
broken
not be returned
connection,
@tc.
If these
material.
items
can-
to serviceable condition by such means
No repair
procured
parts or tools
for maintenance
CODE
“F”
“’F” identifies
AT FIELD
will be done by organizational parts,
procured tenance
LEVEL.
activities
is established
to applicable
for repair
for these
servicing
order data
are
No SRA
If the condition
of authorized
the applicable
CODE
material.
parts,
Code
paired
only
‘“L’”
identifies
at designated
items
tenance
activities
of these
items.
will be turned
g. CODE
items
nlain-
external
adjust-
and for verifying serviceability are found unserviceable
- fxwor DEPOT
10 wilich
LEVEL
repair
Maintenance
ACTIVITY.
Code
all conditions
these items,
they
to the SRA.
“LM’
of Code “L”
t hiit repair will bt’ accomplished
If MDA cannot whether
inay be provided
and field level
for accomplishing
If they
‘“LM”
only to
functional
i]! to supply for shipment
MOBILE
apply except
and provided
equipment
organizational
be re-
parts and
Required
activities.
and beorh check
will
SRA. Repair
tools for repair are procured these authorized
MAINTENANCE that
by MDA.
they will determine
these items should be condemned or sent to
the SRA.
7 - 1 7 .
NAVY SO1.JRCE CODES AND DEFINITIONS.
7 - 1 8 .
P SERIES - PURCHASED ITEMS.
to items
which
view of’ knovm or ant ivipated relatively
sinlpl(
are purchased
in
usage and which arc
10 n)anufacture
within
the Nilvy if
neccssaryo
due to unavail-
instructions
with request
Hi- Valu or will be turned
b. PI - Applied
to items
view of known or anticipated ciifficult, within
impract
which
are
purchased
in
usage and which are
iral. or unecomnnical
to manufacture
the Navy.
from the
SSM/IM.
CODE
OVERHAUL.
“l)”
- LIMITED
Code
degree
“D”
FIELD REPAIR;
identifies
of repair
maintenmce
be done
of “ F“
tools, or other capability,
instructions. “F” coded
into supply for disposition
limited
If repair
Items, regardless of condition,
applicable
MDA
they will determine
- DEPOT LEVEL
“I.”
ONLY.
a. P - Applied
parts and tools, they will be
SSM/IM will be so advised
or disposition .3itical
to
condition by the field level maintenance
coded items cannot W accomplished ability
will be done
If the
of
these items is such tlrat they cannot be returned
activ~ with authorized
(MDA).
field level main-
of these items.
items.
disposed of as wndemned
identifies
level maintenance.
tools, and technical
and provided
serviceable
code
“DM”’
of code “D” apply
the SRA.
identifies
Normal
activities.
to the
whether these items should be condemned or sent to
ONLY;
items which will be repaired by the
field level maintenmce
Selected
are specially
of these items.
- REPAIR
to
FIELD REPAIR; MO-
Code
activity
these items,
ment or calibration
by adjusting, cleaning.
they will be disposed of at user level as condemned
level
depot
repair
checfmut
d.
OVERHAUL.
except that repair beyond field capability
to applicable CODE
of failure
be returned
to supply for shipment
items to which all the conditions
f. CODE
frequency
cannot
- LIMITED
“DIW’
DEPOT
definitions:
items which are nonreparable
skills required test equipment,
SRA.
CODE
BILE
cannot 7 - 1 6 .
on these
MANU-
is applied
instruction
of technical
tools, special
items
they will be returned
CODE “u’” - PARTS
7 - 1 5 .
of
serviceable condition with authorized parts and tools
designated
c.
Because
level M necessarily
spare parts. and the predicted
stak such parts.
a.
and provided to
activities.
items at the field maintenance determined
parts,
with the
i~s :md ~qomplexity of repair,
and the cost of special
only.
change to a “PID” or “P2J3° code, as applicable.
b.
maintenance
the degree of repair which is authorized
under the “X2” code but whic”h are applicable
their
A range of repair
order data consistent
Normal
level.
DEPOT
on which
can be accomplished
activities.
at organizational
items
a
by field
servicing
will
SRA is established
7 - 3
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 d. P3 - Applied purchased expectancy. rative
to repair
in limited
parts items
which
quantity in accordance
Items
coded “P3” are normally
in nature and may require
special
7 - 2 1
are
. ~SERIES - NOT STOCKED NORMALLY
deterioa.
storage
N - Applied
lished criteria
conditions.
available e.
P4 - Applied
for initial carried
to items which are procured
outfitting
or for special
only
to items which do not meet estab-
for stocking
screws,
washers,
shims,
purposes.
rlosures,
bead
chains,
b. N1 - Applied 7 - 1 9 .
M SERIES - MANUFACTURED ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT PURCHASED OR STOCK NUMBERED.
Supply
a. MF - Applied
to items
manufactured
coded
“MF” have
restrictive
which
within
Fleet
no anticipated
installation
are
capable
activities.
factors.
Code
“MF”
fleet
locks.
of Yards and Docks
States
items
under fraction available
activities,
to
(2) authorized
within the continental
in wholesale
activities,
pins
protective
at the retail level, (3) replenished
by local purchase (4) carried
cotter
and cabinet
(1) commercially
United
stocking
knobs,
System),
adhesives,
to Bureau
code “A” which are:
for local
of
Items
usage, or possess
or storage
sources, i. e. , nuts, bolts, rivets,
Office (“Y”) cognizance
all continental
being
and which are readily
from commercial
(not included in the Navy Supply
control and not
in svstem stock for replenishment
- WILL
BE PURCHASED ON DEMAND=
with life
United States,
stock only for overseas
and (5) stock
numbered
and
and published
will not be applied to an item when the same item is
in the Navy Stock List of the Yards and Docks Supply
coded in the “P” series for other applications
Office.
item
is carried
in the
Navy Supply System.
respect to support equipment,
function,
With
the naval manufacturing
activity may later alter the design “MF” material
for the
and/or processes
7 - 2 2 .
of Source Codes provided
X SERIES - NOT PROCURED, NORMALLY IMPRACTICAL
that fit,
use and safety are not impaired. a. X - Applied
b. MO - Applied
to items
being manufactured Items coded
within
which
cally
Government.
of
require
or relatively
installation
will
in the Navy Supply
support equipment,
and/or processes
b. Xl - Applied the next larger
System.
With respect
to
activity
the prime
-
from service.
for which purchase
of
Source Coded in the “P”
that fit, function,
use and
to items to be manufactured
by
point when required.
to items
or one time
for use through
purchase.
such items will attempt
Activities
to obtain
from salvage
such items
requiring
them from salvage;
or readily manu-
shall be requisitioned
normal supply channels Repeated
which are not purchased
but may be required
if not obtainable
overhaul/rework
to items
assembly
X2 - Applied
c.
for stock, salvage
are not impaired.
MOA - Applied
result in recoin
of equipment
series is justified.
factured, c.
would
for an item,
or the item is
of Source Code “MO” material
provided
for retirement
if damaged,
The need
or
not be
the naval manufacturing
may alter the design
which,
repair.
coded “X” will normaily
mendation
to an item when the same item is coded in the
carried
to items
uneconomical
or items
more economi-
Code “MO”
“P” series for other applications
safety
capable
overhaul/rework activities.
factors or are manufactured
by the
applied
are
“MO” have no anticipated
low usage, or possess restrictive storage
FOR STOCKING , MAINTE-
NANCE OR MANUFACTURE.
requisitions
with supporting
through
justification,
shall justify a change
to the
“P” series code.
7 - 2 0 .
A SERIES - ASSEMBLE - ASSEMBLY NOT
7 - 2 3 .
U SERIES - U - APPLIED WHEN NOT OF SUPPLY OR MAINTENANCE
PURCHASED.
STOCKING SIGNIFI-
CANCE. a. AF - Applied chased
to assemblies
which
but which are to be assembled
prior to installation.
are
not pur-
within activities
At least one of the items
in the
assembly
must be a coded “P” item which carries
individual
part number and description.
an
7 - 2 4 .
MATERIAL ACCOUNTABILITY RECOVER-
ABILITY
CODES
accountability, determined
b. AO - Applied chased
to assemblies
which
but which are to be assembled
haul/rework
activities
prior
which carries
not pur-
within over-
to installation.
one of the items in the assembly series item
are
reouired
Codes
provisioned
recoverability
are
assigned
to reflect
and repair
for an item of equipment
for the maintenance,
end article.
which items
the
policy
or material
re~air or rework of an
MARC codes are as-follows:
At least
must be a coded “P”
an individual
(MARC).
only to aeronautical
part number
Code Application
of Accountability
/Recoverability
Codes
and description. R c. AOA - Applied
to items
to be assembled
prime overhaul/rework point when required.
7 - 4
by the
Code “R” shall end items economical
be applied to reparable
of support equipment) and practical
items
(except which
to repair on a pro-
are
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 grammed
basis through a major rework
It is inte~ti
locally by using activities =tivities whenever
commmd.
maintenance
the extent
However,
of required repair of the
the decision
that
char~teristics
military or commercial the governing After
criteria
initial
or missing. After Officer
capability
the assigned maintenance using activity, maintenance
rework activity shall be
ou~fitting,
pair.
of the “R”
supply
system
repair
fleet levels Works
to replace
survey.
and practical
rework
cannot
tained
“D” items
will
be main-
on a custdial si~ature basis and shall
such
action.
assistance
including
the cognizant
regarding
notified and will repair.
service
If repair
be accomplished
the Public
13UWEPSFLER-
BUWEPSFLEREADREP
activity.
If repair
from a major
of Code
locally
The
may authorize
“E”
items
or through
tomer service in time to meet operational
CUS
be surveyed when lost or missing or when be-
tenance
placement item may be requisitioned. The Code !? El! item requiting repair beyond Me capability
repair.
After
initial
outfitting,
requirements,
a ready-for-issue
issue Code “D” end items without turn-in of the
of the highest level of fleet maintenance
replaced
appropriately
item.
Code
“D”
items
by fleet support activities, Works Departments,
including
when the extent
repair fall within assigned sibility. Every
shall
be repaired
time
and type of
Supply Officer
respon-
of isisue of the replacement
screening
item.
1 he item
requiring
repair will be screened by the cognizant
prior to turning the item into the supply system
PSFLEREADREP
as non-RFI
a major rework
If repairs
are required
The
who Jill provide for
and disposition.
items locally or through fleet support activities
material.
must be
shall promptly notify the cognizant
BUWEPSFLEREADREP
to repair
re-
tagged and turned into supply at the
Public
maintenance
effort s~l be made
and authorized
BU WE-
for transfer to
activity for repair or will be
beyond local or fleet support maintenance
designated for processing through normal
capabilities,
procedures for appropriate
disposal act ion.
Code “B” shall be applied
to items which are
the damaged
or defective
must be properly identified mediately
material
B
consumable to repairable
items
(except end items of support equipment) are to be repaired
assigned
maintenmce
Such items may contain
outfitting, supply system
precious
metals, may be
or may be certain
high-cost
items.
y. Repair Code “C” shall be applied
c
will be scrapped
when be ycmd local economical
but require item for
for issue after the initial outfitting.
highly pilferable
procured to support Code
“L” items. Code “L” items
initial
which
within their
responsibility
for expendable
item exchange
locally by using activities
or the local fleet support activity
parts are normally
sw
and return im-
to the supporting supply department.
Code “L” shall be applied
- J
main-
yond economical
the supply officer of the support activity will not
L
be set up
by local or supporting
repair through customer rework
Coae
shall
of maintenance,
Department,
cognizant
to repair on a schedtied basis through a major xtivity.
of fleet
to perform re-
EADREP shall, be immediately
to end items of support
which aw economical
procedures
and to encourage
the repl~ed item or when necessary
equipment
shall be requested
cannot be accomplished
when exchange procedures provide for turn-in of
Code “D” shall be applied
SUPPIY
responsibility of the
the next higher level
Operating
provide D
the
locally with sufficient flexibility to allow for local
issues of Code “R” items shall be made only
an item e~ended by approved
outfitting
If the repair of Code “E” items is beyond
item. the
at a major
for assignment
initial
of the supporting activity will not issue
Code “E” items without turn- in of the replaced
of the item are such
as to warrant repair programming
code.
basis wtien in use and will be surveyed when lost
or fleet support
falls within the maintenance local
activity.
that Code “R” items be repaired
repair.
to items consumed
or
expended in use and do not require an item for
After
item exchange.
issues of Code
“L” items shall be made only when exchange
7 - 2 5 .
HOW TO USE THIS PARTS LIST.
7 - 2 6 .
To find the part number if the major assembly
procedures provide for turn-in of the replaced item or when necessary
to replace
an item ex-
pended by approved survey. E
Code “E” shall be applied equipment criterion
which
incorporating
to end items of support
are to be repaired
for assignment
using or fleet supporting activities’ maintenance
locally by
within their
responsibility.
items will be maintained
The
a.
Locate
the part and its corresponding
number in the appropriate
index
illustration.
of Code “E” is that the
end item can be maintained/repaired
assigned
locally.
that part is known:
Code
“E”
b. Find the
corresponding
Parts Listing to determine
index number
the part number
in the and
description.
on a custodial signature
7 - 5
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure
7 - 6
7-1.
T S - 1 8 4 3 B / A P X ,
Overall Assembly
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INDEX
UNITS PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
No.
1234567
ON
A6SY.
CODE
GD5382
TEST SET, TRANSPONDERSETTS-1843B/APX.
. . .
1
526C640
.
PLATE,
IDENTIFICATION
AF. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
526C649
.
PLATE,
IDENTIFICATION
FAA.. . . . . . . . . . .
1
515 B2537
.
COVER,
TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
m1960-c4
.
WASHER,
m51957-15
.
SCREW,
501B182
.
SCREW,
-3
GB5333
.
PLATE, BOTTOM
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~24693-C2
.
SCREW, MACHINE
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-4
GC5434
.
TIMING
-5
GC5435
.
EVALUATOR
7-1-1
-2
GB5500
.
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
MACHINE
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
MACHINE
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6’
FLAT(AP).
.
ASSEMBLY (See Fig. 7-2 for breakdown).
down) -6
. . . . . .
; .
1
Fig. 7-4 for break-.
1
ASSEMBLY (See Fig. 7-6 for break-.
1
ASSEMBLY@ee
USABLE
PER
~
REGULATOR down)
W15795-W
.
WASHER,
FLAT (AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
W5338-135
.
WASHER,
LOCK
4
W351957-14
.
SCREW, MACHINE
-7
539B48
.
INSULATOR,
PLATE
. . . ...’.... . . . ...*.. . .
2
-8
GD5483
.
SIGNAL GENERATOR
AND RECEIVER ASSEMBLY
1
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
(See Fig. 7-7 for breakdown) m353s-134
.
WA$HER,
622-750-C2-52
.
SCREW,
MACHINE
LOCK
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...*. (AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE(
AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
:
622-1000-C2-52
.
SCREW,
-9
GC5386-1
.
KNOB,
DIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-10
GC5386-2
.
KNOB,
DIAL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-11
GC5386-3
.
KNOB, DIAL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
m51021-1
.
SCREW, SET, HEX SOCKET
GD5497
.
HOUSING SUBASSEMBLY
-12
(AP). . . . . . . . . . . .
1 6
(See Fig. 7-10 for break-
1
GB5381
MouNTING MT.3513/APx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
526C641
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
516D758
. PLATE
PB3 1-2 MS20426A3-4
down) -13
PLATE,
IDENTIFICATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
.
FASTENER, TURNLOCK (72794) (501 C40- 13) . . . .
2
.
RIVET
4
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-7
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
F i g u r e
7 - 2 .
Timing Assembly A2
FIG. &
UNITS
INDEX
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
NO. 7-2-1
1234567 GC5434
TIMING
GE5477
.
ASSEMBLY
TIMING
(See Figure 7-1 for NHA). . . . . .
BOARD ASSEMBLY
(See Fig. 7-3 for . . . .
ON
ASSY .
CODE
REF 1
breakdown) -2
SKT-
14
TIP (98291)
(586 C1O-24). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
575 C27-4
. RESISTOR,
VARIABLE
-4
515 B2539-1
. BRACKET,
ANGLE
506 C3-15-7 -5
515 B2538 506 C1-13-1O2
-6
508B27 506C-1-1O2
-7
518C259-29
-8
502C117-8
506C1-1-1O2
7 - 8
JACK,
-3
EYELET,
METALLIC
: CLIP,
2 1 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBULAR(A~)
SPRING
RIVET,
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 1
TUBULAR (AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANGLE
: PIN, LOCATING RIVET,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
: BRACKET, RIVET,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TENSION
TUBULAR
. FASTENER,
SELF
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLINCHING
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
USABLE
PER
1 2
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
NAVAIR
Figure 7-3.
7 - 9
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
NAVAIR
7 - 1 0
Figure 7-3.
T . O .
l 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35-TS-1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 6 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
F i g u r e
7 - 3 .
P/O Timing Assembly A2 (3 of 3), Parts Layout For Serial No. 1 thru 150
FIG. & INDEX
UNITS PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
No. 7-3-1
1234567 GE5477
TIMING
CSR1313E225KL
.
ELE -2
600A11
-3
600A8
-4
600A3
-5
600A5
-6
600A23
-7
60CIA19
-8
6QOA22
-9
3N128
-10
7717 -18NWHITE
-11
593 A83-1
-12
2N2907 or 2N2907A
.
:
FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC,
DI-
. . . .
C%E
REF 4
CTR.IC: Tantalum
INTEGRATED
Circuit
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
CIRCUIT.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
CIRCUI’I’
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTEGRATED INTEGRATED
:
ASSY.
BOARD ASSEMBLY (See Fig. 7-2 for NHA). .
CAPACITOR,
USABLE
PER
INTEGRATED INTEGRATED
: INTEGRATED TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT (14936)
: PAD, TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR : TRANSISTOR
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(593A95)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(08289) (533 B385)
(14936)
(Selected
. . . . . . . . .
3N140)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
; 1 2
. . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . .
2
7 - 1 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INDEX
UNITS PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
NO. 7-3-13
1234567 CMO5CD1OOJP3
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
MICA DIELECTRIC
CERAMIC
. . . . . .
USABLE
PER
ON
ASSY.
CODI?
1
OR CMO5CD1OODP3 -14
CKO5BX1O2K
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
-15
CM05DD820GP3
CAPACITOR,
FIXED, MfCA
DIELECTRIC
DIELECTRIC
. . .
3
. . . . . .
1
OR CM05ED820GP3 -16
CKO5BX1O3K
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
. . .
-17
CK05BX181K
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
. . .
1
-18
85929-8
CONNECTOR,
ELECTRICAL
(00779) (588 A257-1). .
1
-19
DM5-470J
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
ELECTRIC:
1
MICA
(72136)
.
3
(565 A107-4) -20
MS18130-26
-21
CR-64/U
-22
CK05BX470K
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMfC
-23
CMO5DD1O1GP3
CAPACI’fOR,
FIXED,
MICA
COIL, .
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CRYSTAL
UNIT:
20 MHZ......
. . . . . . . . . . .
DIELECTRIC
DIELECTRIC
1 1
. . .
1
. . . . . .
1
OR CMO5FD1O1GP3 -24
RCR07G391JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-25
RCR07G473JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
2
-26
1N3064 OR 1N4454
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
-27
RCR07G . . . JM
.
RESISTOR,
‘DEVICE,
DIODE
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 1
G
1
H
1
G
1
H
Selected Value from RCR07G272JM to RCR07G1 04JM RN55D.. .0F
.
RESISTOR, Selected
-27A
RCR07G . . . JM
.
FIXED, FILM
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value from RN55D6651F to RN55D2432F
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . , .
Selected Value from RCR07G272JM to RCR07G1 04JM RN55D . . ..F
.
RESISTOR, Selected
7 - 1 2
FIXED, FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value from RN55D3921F to RN55D3922F
-28
RCR07G223JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
-29
RCR07G682JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-30
RTH22ES682K
RESISTOR,
THERMAL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-31
RCR07G511JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
-32
575A68-1
.
RESISTOR,
VARIABLE
-33
RCRO7G1O1JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
2
-34
RCR07G122JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
3
-35
RCR07G182JM
RESISTOR,
FLXED,
-36
RCR07G472JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
-37
1N757A
.
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2
. . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . .
2
COMPOSITION.
DEVICE,
1
DIODE:
Zener
. . . . .
3
-38
RCR07G120JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-39
RCR07G471JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-40
RCRO7G1O3JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
4
-41
RCR07GF202JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-42
RCRO7G1O2JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-42
RCR07G681JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-43
RCR07G272JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-44
3329 H-1-503
-45
532E1016
RESISTOR, .
PRINTED
VARIABLE WIRING
(80294)
(575A68-2)
BOARD (Revision
. . . . . .
1
H) . . . . . . . .
1
A
B
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - l
NAVAIR
Figue 7-3A.
7 - 1 3
NAVAIR
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
7 - 1 4
Figure 7-3A.
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 UNITS PART NO.
DESCRIPTION 1234567
GE5477
7-3A-
TIMING
BOARD ASSEMBLY (See Fig. 7-2 for NHA).
(PC BOARD REVISION -1
CSR13BE225KL
.
CAPACITOR, ELECTRIC:
FIXED,
ON
ASSY.
CODE
REF
D
H and high&) ELECTROLYTIC,
DI-
.
. .
{
3
Tantalum
-2
600All
.
INTEGRATED
CIRCIJIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-3
600A8
.
INTEGRJiTED
CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
:
-4
600A3
.
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
5
6WA5
.
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
-6
6WM3
.
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-7
6MA19
.
INTEGRATE13
CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-8
6mM2
.
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-9
3N128
.
TRANSISTOR
-10
7717 -18WHITE
.
PAD, TRANSISTOR
-11
593 A83-1
.
TRANSISTOR
(14936) @elected
. . . . . . . i
1
-12
2~907 OR 2~907A
.
TRANSISTOR
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
-13
CMO5CD1OOJP3
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
1
-
USABLE
PER
(14936) (593A95j
; . ~ o ; ; ; . . . ; ; i
1
(06289) (533 B385) . . . . . . . .
2
MICA
3N140)
DIELECTRIC
. . . . .
OR CMQ5CDIOODP3 -14
CK05BX102K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
-15
CM05DW20GP3
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
MICA DIELECTRIC
. .
3
. . . . .
1
DIELECTRIC
OR CM05E~2WP3 -16
CK05EM03K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
. .
-17
CK05BX181K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
. .
1
-18
85929-8
.
CONNECTOR, ELECTRICAL (00779) (588 A257- 1).
1
-19
DM5-IW
.
CAPACITOR, (565 A107-5)
FIXED,
MICA
ELECTRIC:
(72136)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
MS18130-26
.
COIL,
-21
CR-64/U
.
CRYSTAL
-22
W05BX470K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
-23
CMO5DD51OGP3
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
MICA DIELECTRIC
-20
3
UNIT:
20 MHZ
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . .
1
DIELECTRIC
OR CMO5FD1O1GP3 -24
RCRQ7G181 JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
-25
RCR07M73JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
. . . . . . . . . .
-26
lN064 OR IN4454
.
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE , DIODE
. . . . . . . . . ,
10
-27
RCR07G123JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
3
-28
RC~7W71JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
-29
RCR07G822JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
-30
KWIJ1
.
RESISTOR,
THERMAL
-31
RCM7G511JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
-32
575A68-I
.
RESISTOR,
VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
COMPOSITION
(02606) (561 C28-3~ . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
:
RCR07G101JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
RCM7G122JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
:
-35
RCR07G182JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
. . . . . . . . . .
.
1
-36
RCR07M72JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
-37
1N757A
DEVICE,
. . . . . . . . . . .
DIODE:
Zener
1
. . . .
.
2
.
1
-38
RCR07G120JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COIWOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
-39
RCR07M81JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, CWb@OSI’ITON
. . . . . . . . . .
1
-40
RCR07GI03JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
4
.
-41
RCR07GF221W
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
-42
RC~7G102JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMEWWTXON
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . .
2
-43
RCR07G201JM
RESISTOR.
FIXED. COMPOSITION.
-44
3329 H-1-W3
RESISTOR;
VARIABLE (80294) (575A68-2)
-45
W18130-16
COIL,
-46
532EI016
PRINTED WIRING
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOARD
D
2
-34
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
:
.
-33
SEMICONDUCTOR
COMPOSITION
:
(REV G).. . . . . . . . . .
: 1 1
7-15
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
Figure
7-4.
Evaluator
Assembly
A3
FIG. & INDEX
UNrrs PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
NO. 7-4-1
1234567 GC5435
EVALUATOR
GE54’i’8
.
ASSEMBLY
EVALUATOR
BOARD
(See Fig. 7-1 for NHA). . . . ASSEMBLY (See Fig. 7-5 . .
ON
ASSY.
CODE
RE F 1
for breakdown) JACK, TIP (98291)
SKT-14
-3
575 C27-5
: RESISTOR,
VARIABLE
515 B2538
. BRACKET,
ANGLE
506 C1-13-1O2
RIVET, TUBULAR
-4
515 B2539-2
: BRACKET,
502 C117-8
. FASTENER,
-5
508B27
. PIN, LOCATING
506 C1.3-102
. RIVET,
586C1O-24F
.
-6
7 - 1 6
(586 C1O-24). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-2
ANGLE SELF
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBULAR
6 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
(ALP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
;
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLINCHING..
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JACK TIP (98291 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USABLE
PER
2 1 1 1
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
NAVAIR
Figure 7-5.
7 - 1 7
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
7 - 1 8
Figure 7-5.
T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 TM 11-6625-1646-24-1
NAVAIR 16-35TS1843-2
Figure 7-5.
7 - 1 9
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INDEX
UNrrs PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
NO. 7-5-
1234567 GE5478
EVALUATOR
BOARD ASSEMBLY
(See Fig. 7-4 for . .
iKiixil
PER
ON
ASSY.
CODE
REF
NHA) -1
CMO5DD51OGP3
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
MICA ELECTRIC.
. . . . . . .
2
OR CMO5ED51OGP3 -2
MS18130-26
.
COIL,
-3
2N2222
.
TRANSISTOR
7717 -18 NwHITE
.
PAD, TRANSISTKIR
-4
CK06BX223K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
. . .
1
-5
CKO5BX1O3K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
. . .
8
-6
600A5
.
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT
-7
600A7
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
-8
600A21
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-9
600A19
INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT
1
-10
KA3302FK50K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
-11
2N491A
.
TRANSISTOR
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-12
2N2907 OR 2N2907A
-13
.
7717 -4 NWHITE
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAD, TRANSISTOR
(08289)
(533 B385) . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
1 2
(533 B329) . . . . . . . . .
2
TRANSISTOR
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
CK06 BX104K
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
-14
CSR13E225KL
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
-15
CKO5BX1O2K
-16
CSR13F685KL
-17
CM05CD120KP3
OR
.
(13103)
(565 C99.1).
12
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILM (05397)
1 10
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED.
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
.
DELAY
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
ELECTROLYTIC: CERAMIC
. . .
Tantulum
DIELECTRIC
ELECTROLYTIC:
1 5
. . .
2
Tantulum
1
. . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
MICA DIELECTRIC
CM05CD120JP3 -18
572 C36-3
-19
85929-8
-20
CM05CD050DP3
-21 -22
LINE
CONNECTOR,
ELECTRICAL
(00779) (588 A257-1). .
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
593 A83-1
TRANSISTOR
(Selected
1N3064 OR 1N4454
SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICE,
DIODE
-23
1N751A
SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICE,
DIODE:
-24
RCR07G471JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
.
MICA DIELECTRIC 3N140)
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . Zener
1 1 1 22
. . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . .
2
-25
332 OH1O2
.
RESISTOR,
VAR~BLE
-26
RCR07G511JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
FIXED, COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . FIXED,’ COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . , . vAR~BLE (80294) (575A68-2) . . . . . .
f
(80294)
(575 A68-1) . . . . . .
1 5
-27
RCR07G391JM
-28 -28A
RCRO7G1O2JM RCR07G152JM
-29
3329 H-1 -503
RESISTOR, RESISTOR, REsISTOR,
-30
RCR07G683JM RCR07G683JM
RESISTOR. RESISTOR;
FIXED. COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . FIXED; COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . .
1 1
K
RCR07G ..: JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
1
L
-30A
. .
. . . . . . . . . . .
B 1
Value Selected from RCR07G683JM to RCRO7G1O4JM RCRO7G1O3JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
RCRO7G1O1JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
-33 -34
RCR07G472JM RCR07G47CJM
RESISTOR, RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . FIXED, COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . .
-35
RC R07G680JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
-36
RCR07G561JM
RESISTOR.
FIXED. COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
-37 -38 -39
RCR07G272JM RCR07G204JM
-40
RCR07G821JM RCR07G681JM
REsIsToR~ RESISTOR, RESISTOR, RESISTOR,
FIXED: FIXED, FIXED, FIXED,
cOMPOS~ION. . . COMPOSITION . . . COMPOSITION . . . COMPOSITION . . .
-41
RCR07G202JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
-42 -43
RCR07G394JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . , . . , . . . .
:
RCR07G2R7JM
-44
RCR07G302JM
RESISTOR, RESISTOR.
FIXED, FIXED.
COMPOSITION COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
:
-45 -46
RCR07G331JM RCR07G . . . JM
RESISTOR;
FLXEf);
CONIPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . Value Selected from RcRCt7G472JM to RCR07G223JM
1
RN55D . . ..F
RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Value Selected from RN55D6651F to RN55D2432F
1
RCR07G . . . JM
RESISTOR, FIXED, COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . Value Selected from RCR07G472JM to RCR07G333JM
1
G
RN55D . . . . F
RESISTOR, FIXED, FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Value Selected from RN55D6651 F to RN55D2432F
1
J
RESISTOR, RESISTOR,
COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . .
1
BQA&D
1
-46A
-47 -48 -49 7 - 2 0
17
-31 -32
RCR07G152JM RCR07G822JM 332E101 ‘7 .__–..
FIXED, FIXED,
L. ~=C~~(~t~l.T
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
: 2 c ; 2 1 ;
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G
1 J
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
NAVAIR
Figure 7-6.
7 - 2 1
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INDEX
UNITS PART NO.
N O .
DESCRIPTION 1234567
GB5500
REGULATOR
- 1
GD5479
. REGULATOR
- 2
U2T2006
.
.
INTEGRATED
- 2 A
U2T2023
.
.
INTEGRATED
GB5509
.
.
HEAT SINK
7 - 6 -
SCREW,
MS24693-C3 - 3
ASSEMBLY BOARD
1 1
CIRC~T (12969)
(593 A96-2) . . . .
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE
FP-10
.
.
PAD, TRANSISTOR
:
.
2N2222
- 6
RCR07G271JM
. TRANSISTOR RESISTOR,
. RESISTOR,
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(08289)
COMPOSITION
.
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. .
1N3064 OR 1N4454
:
. SEMICONDUCTOR
RCR07G751JM
.
.
- 9
1N821
.
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
- l 0
RN55D. . . . F
.
.
RESISTOR,
DEVICE,
FIXED,
DEVICE,
FIXED,
Value Selected
.
.
RESISTOR,
- 1 2
CKO5BX1O4K
.
.
CAPACITOR,
- 1 3
4034
- 1 4
CSR13E225KL
CSR13F685KL
.
.
CAPACITOR,
1
. .
2
. . .
.
.
. .
2
. . .
1
DIODE . . . . . . . . .
2
. . . . . . . . .
1
RN55D2740F
FIXED,
FIXED,
DIELECTRIC: - 1 5
2
. . .
. . . . . . . . .
COMPOSITION
(44655)
. . . . . . . . .
1 .
1
(560A73- 1) . . .
1
CERAMIC
WIREWOUND
: CAPACITOR,
. .
RN55D2260F,
FIXED,
RESISTOR,
.
. . .
COMPOSITION
RN55D2490F, RN55D7500F
. .
from
RN55D2050F,
- 1 1
DIODE
COMPOSITION
.
1 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- 8
:
4
(533 B320). . . . . . . .
FIXED,
1 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- 7
RESISTOR,
RE F
Fig. 7-1 for NHA). . . .
(593 A96-1) . . . .
TRANSISTOR
RCR20G202JM
CODE
CIRCUIT (12969)
::
- 5
ON
ASSY.
. . . . . . . . . . . .
2N2907 OR 2N2907A
- 4
(See
ASSEMBLY
DIELECTRIC
ELECTROLYTIC
.
.
.
1
.
.
.
1
. . .
.
2
. . . . . . .
1
.
.
.
Tantulum
FIXED,
ELECTROLYTIC:
.
.
Tantulum - 1 6
RCRO7G1O3.JM
.
.
- 1 7
3-85929-7
.
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
CONNECTOR,
COMPOSITION
ELECTRICAL:
.
.
(00779)
. .
.
(588 A257-2) - 1 8
RCRO7G1O1JM
.
. RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . .
- 1 9
RCR07G183JM
.
.
FIXED,
. .
RESISTOR,
COMPOSITION
. .
. .
1
. .
.
2
- 2 0
1N974B
.
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICE,
DIODE:
Zener
.
.
.
1
- 2 1
UZ5833
.
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICE,
DIODE:
(12969).
.
.
2
- 2 2
532 D1034
.
.
PRINTED CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
(593A91)
7 - 2 2
BOARD
USABLE
PER
T . O . 16-35T61843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
NAVAIR
Figure 7-7.
7 - 2 3
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INDEX
UNITS PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
NO. 7-7-
1 GD5483
23
4
5
67
SIGNAL GENERATOR (See
-1
528B303
. TUNING
-2
MS35338-136
.
MS51957-28 -3
518B370
503 B1-91
ROD.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE
SCREW,
CODE
RE F
(AP)
1 1
LOCK (AP), . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
FLAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
MACHINE
2
:sPR.ING,
:wAsHER,
MS35650-314
ASSEMBLY. .
ON
ASSY,
Fig. 7-l for NHA)
WASHER, SCREW,
MS51960-2
AND RECEIVER
USABLE
PER
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLAT(Ap)
NUT, HEXAGON
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-4
1N3064
:
SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICE,
DIODE
.
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
-5
1N82AG
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICE,
DIODE
.
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
-6
GB5495-2
. PLATE
515B2519
.
.
PLATE
-7
2404-O02S2L0709D
.
.
CAPACITOR,
FEEDTHRU:
(72982)
(565C101-2),
1
-8
2404-O02-T2HO-
.
.
CAPACITOR,
FEEDTHRU:
(72982)
(565A106-2).
1
ASSEMBLY
.
1 1 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470K -9
GE5480 MS35338-134
CIRCUIT SCREW,
MS51957-3 -10
529B279
2
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCREW,
MACHINE
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOcK(Ap) MACHINE
DsPAcER
MS51959-2 -11
CARD ASSY (See Fig. 7-8 for breakdown).
lwAsHER,
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GB5481
: HOUSING ASSEMBLY
520C259
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
A
1
A
1
HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
FE0440
NUT,
2
GD5496
1 VSWRADJUST
.
CLINCH:
(46384)
ASSEMBLY
(502C117-8). (See
Fig.
. . . . . . . .
7-9for
. . .
.
1
breakdown) MS35338-136
.
7 - 2 4
WASHER, SCREW,
MS51957-3
LOCK
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE
-12
RCR07G391JM
lRESISTOR,
-13
CS-26
.
SETSCREW
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAXED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (O0141)
(501C125-16)
. . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 1 1
B
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
NAVAIR
Figure 7-8.
7 - 2 5
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
NAVAIR
7-26
Figure 7-8.
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INDEX
UNrrs PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
No. 7-8-
1234567 GE5480
CIRCUIT
CARD ASSEMBLY (See Fig. 7-7 for NHA). .
ON
ASSY.
CODE
REF
-1
RCR07G183JM
RESISTOR,
-2
CK05BX103K
CAPACITOR,
-3
lN3064 OR 1N4454
SEMICONDUCTOR
-4
RCR07G301JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-5
RCR07G821JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-6
RCR07G152JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-7
593A83
TRANSISTOR
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Iw-lo
PAD, TRANSISTOR
(08289) (533 B320)
-8
RCR07G1WJM
RESISTOR,
COMPOSITION
-9
573A86
COIL,
-10
DMS- 100J
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
FIXED,
DEVICE,
. . . . . . . . . . .
7
DIODE. . . . . . . . . . .
4
DIELECTRIC
COMPOSITION
(Selected
FIXED,
1
. . .
CERAMIC
3N140)
. . . . . . . . .
7
. . . . . . . . . .
1 1
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FIXED,
USABLE
PER
MfCA
DIELECTRIC:
(72136)
1
MICA
DIELECTRIC:
(72136)
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
(565 A107-5) -11
DM5-050D
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
(565 A107-1) -12
583A95
TRANSISTOR
(Selected
-13
CKO5?3X1O2K
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
3N128)
-14
RcRo’7G750Jh4
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-15
RCR07G472JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
. . . . . . . . . . .
2
-16
2N2481
.
TRANSISTOR
-17
RCRO7G1OOL?M
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
1
-18
RCR07G471JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
5
-19
RCRO’7G1O2JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
1
-20
RCR07G681JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . .
-21
RCR07G242Jh4
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
2 ~
-22
CSR13E225KL
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
ELECTROLYTIC:
-23
CK0513X470K
.
CAPACITOR,
FIXED,
CERAMfC
-24
RCFW7G101JM
.
RESISTOR,
-25
572 A48-2
.
TRANSFORMER,
-26
RCR07G391JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
-27
RCR07G473JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
-28
05-3700-12-1500
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
-29
RCR07G621JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
-30
1N754A
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
-31
RCR07G182JM
-32
05-3700-12-0360
-33
KB21J1
-34 -35
CERAMIC
DIELECTRIC
COMPOSITION
. . .
5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMPOSITION
FIXED,
3
Tantalum. . . .
4
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
DIELECTRIC
1
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILM:
(24546)
(560A75-151J)
COMPOSITION DEVICE,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
FILM: (24546)
.
RESISTOR,
THERMAL:
RCR07G680JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
GC5502
.
CONNECTORA
532 B1014
.
. PRINTED
3-85929-6
.
.
(02606)
WIRING
1 .
1
. . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
Zener
A75-360J) .
1 1
(560
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
BOARD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ELECTRICAL:
(00779)
. . . . . . .
B
1
(561 C28-3) . . . . .
COMPOSITION
SSEMBLY
1
. . . . . . . . . . .
DIODE:
RESISTOR,
CONNECTOR,
. . . . . . . . . .
COMPOSITION
1
1 1
(588 A257-3) -36
572 A48-1
.
TRANSFORMER,
-37
DM5-470J
.
CAPACITOR,
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIXED.
MICA
DIELECTRIC:
(72136)
1 1
(565 A107-4) -38
RCFW7G8R2JM
.
RESISTOR,
-39
572A49
.
TRANSFORMER,
FIXED,
-40
F1332JI
.
RESISTOR,
THERMAL:
(02606)
(561 C28-4) . . . . .
-41
3329 H-1-102
.
RESISTOR,
VARIABLE:
(80294)
(575 A68-1)
-42
CR-56A/’U
.
CRYSTAL
UNIT,
518B373
.
CLIP,
-43
5659065-3B
.
SUPPRESSOR,
CRYSTAL
-44
573A85
.
FILTER,
QUARTZ:
PLATE
532 CI021
.
CONTACT
527B939
.
POST, SHOULDERED
-46
515 B2547
.
CONTACT
-47
GB5447
-45
. . . . . . . . . . .
85.883
MHz
. . . . .
, . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PARASITIC:
BANDPASS
INSULATOR,
532 B108O
COMPOSITION
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(02114)
(573C79)
. . . .
1
1 1 1. 1 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
STRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
STRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
PRINTED WIRING
BOARD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
1
1
7 - 2 7
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
7 - 2 8
Figure 7-9.
T . O . NAVAIR
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2 16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INDEX
JNITS PART NO.
DF:S~:;RTPTION
No.
1
2:
4
5G
7 —— ASSEMEi.Y (See Fig.
corm
VSWRADJUST
-1
575 C27-5
.
RESISTOR.
-2
1N749A
.
SEMICONDUCTOR
-3
RCR07G881JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-4
RCR07G242JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION.
. . . . . . . . . .
2
E
-4A
RCR07G302JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED,
COMPOSITION.
. . . . . . . . . .
1
F
-5
RCR07G511JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED.
COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-6
RV6LAYSA501A
.
RESISTOR,
-7
532 C103O
.
PRINTED
MS51957-3
.
SCREW,
GC5501
.
CONNECTOR
3-85929-5
.
.
532B1015
.
. PRINTED
GB5443
.
UL256-1 515C2540
-8
-9
i;ARIABLE
MACHINE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEVICE,
VARIAE3LE WIRING
. .
ON
M3SY.
GD5496
7-9-
7-7 forNHA)
USABLE
PER
DIODE:
Zener
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3E F 1 1
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
BOARD
SU13ASSEMBLY.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
.
BRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -NUT, CLINCH: (4~~84) (502cl17-9). . . . . . . . .
2
.
: BRACKET
1
CONNECTOR:
(00779) (588 A257-4)
WIRING
BOARD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
7 - 2 9
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
7 - 3 0
Figure 7-10.
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1846-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. & INlmx
UNITS PART NO.
No.
DESCRIPTION 1234567
CODE
HOUSING SUBASSEMBLY
588A262
.
CONNECTOR,
MS35338-135
.
WASHER,
MS51957-14
.
SCREW,
588 J3230
.
CONNECTOR,
MS35338-135
.
WASHER,
W51957-14
.
SCREW;
536B65
.
GASKET,
RF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
-3
528C305
.
CENTER
CONDUCTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-4
=3367-4
.
STRAP, TIE DOWN
-5
515=B2536
.
COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
528B304
*
SHAFT,
530B288
.
GEAR,
MS35338-135
.
WASHER,
MS51957-15
.
SCREW,
GC5426
.
DIRECTIONAL
MS51959-2
.
SCREW. MACHINE
-1
-2
-6
-7
(See Fiu. 7-l forNHA) . . .
ON
ASSY.
GD5497
7-10-
ELECTRiCAL
LOCK(AP) MACHINE
RE F 1
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
ELECTRICAL
LOCK(AP)
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE(AP)
.
.
:
. . . . 0. . . . . . . 0. . .
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STRAIGHT
USABLE
PER
1
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
PIIWON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOCK(AP)
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE(AP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 1
COUPLER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . .
2
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
515 B2548
.
.
PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-8
532 B1022
.
.
TERMINAL
1
-9
527 B933-2
.
.
CUP, RESISTOR
MOUNTING
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
-10
527 B933-1
.
.
CUP, RESISTOR
MOUNTING
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
-11
560A74
.
.
RESISTOR,
-12
1145-SW-40
.
.
TERMINAL,
SE-223
.
.
EYELET:
(90030) (506C3-2-102)
505D1-11O
.
.
WASHER,
NONMETALLIC
-13
515B2542
.
.
BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
-14
515B2541
.
.
BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
SEMICONDUCTOR
BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIXED,
COMPOSITION.
FEEDTHRU:
2
:
. . . . . . . . .
3
. . . . . . . . . . .
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
(97814)
(510C31-1).
.
2
Fig.7-11.
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
DEVICE,
-15
IN5711
.
.
-16
GE5476
.
POWERANDCONTROL
DIODE:
(593A90).
ASSEMBLY(See
for breakdown) MS35338-134
.
WASHER,
LOCK(AP)
504C8-2O8-1O2
.
WASHER,
FLAT(AP)
MS51957-3
.
SCREW,
504C8-211-102
.
ylASHER,
FLAT(AP)
M1335338-135
.
WASHER,
LOCK(AP)
Ms51Q57-14
.
SCREW,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MACHINE(AP)
MACHINE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .- .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(AP)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 4 6 6 6
7 - 3 1
T . O . 16-35TS1843-2
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1
7 - 3 2
Figure 7-11.
T . O .
1 2 P 4 - 2 A P X - 2 0 2
NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2
T M - 1 1 - 6 6 2 5 - 1 6 4 6 - 2 4 - 1 FIG. i%
UNITS
INmx
PART NO.
DESCRIPTI@
No. 7-11-
1234567 GE5476
POWER AND CONTROL
ASSEMBLY (See Fig. 7-10. .
USABLE
PER
ON
ASSY.
CODE
RE F
for NHA) -1
RCR07H70~
-2
IN3064 OR 1N4454
-3
~62AW822M
-4
4s49
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
SEMICONDUCTOR CAPACITOR, .
RESISTOR,
DEVICE,
DIODE
FIXED, CERAMfC
FIXED,
. . . . . . . . . . .
5
. . . . . . . . . .
12
. . .
6
. . . .
1
DIELECTRIC
COMPOSITION:
(44655).
COMPOSITION.
. 0........
1
. . . . . . . . . .
2
(560A73-2) -5
RCR20G220JM
-6
1N3611
.
RESISTOR,
SEMICONDUCTOR
FJXED,
-7
C%WU3H225KL
.
CAPACITOR, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC
-7A
=06 BX105K
CAPACITOR,
DEVICE,
FIXED,
DIODE
CERAMIC
. . . . . . . .
DIELECTRIC
2
B
3
A
-8
RCR07G183JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
2
-9
RCRO7G1O3JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
1
-10
RCR20G5R1JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
-11
cKo6Bxlo4K
CAPACITOR,
FIXED, CERAMIC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
DIELECTRIC
. . .
1 1 1
-12
2m907A
.
TRANSISTOR
-13
RCR32G121JM
.
RESISTOR,
-14
ZW222
.
TRANSISTOR
7717- lmnwiITE
.
PAD, TRANSISTOR
. . . . . . . .
4
-15
RCR07~?2JM
.
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
4
-16
RCR07G273JM
RESISTOR,
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
3
-17
532 EI013
.
PRINTED
86144-2
.
6015-27A 506C1-1-1O2
FIXED, COMPOSITION
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (08289) (533 B385)
1 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
POST, ELECTRICAL:
(00779) (515 B2549). . . . . . .
50
.
CLIP,
(91506) (139-2672-00).
.
RIVET, TUBULAR
WIRING
BOARD
. . . .
1
(AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
ELECTRICAL:
7 - 3 3
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1848-2
TM-11-6625-1646-24-1
Numerical Index I
PART NUMBER
AN960-C4 CKO5BX1O2K
CKO5BX1O3K
CK05BX181K CK05BX470K
CK06BX223K CK62AW822tvl CM05CD050DP3 CMO5CD1OODP3 CMO5CD1OOJP3 CM05CD120JP3 CM05CD120KP3 CMO5DD1O1GP3 CM05DD510GP3 CM05DDS20GP3 CMO5ED51OGP3 CM05EDS20GP3 CMO5ED1OIGP3 CR-56A/U(65.833 MHz) CR-64/U(20 MHz) CS-26 CSR13E225KL
cSR13F665KL CSR13H225KL DM5-050D DM5-1OOJ DM5-470J
FIG. k INOEX No. 7.1-2 7.3.14 7-3A-14 1-5.15 7-8-13 ‘7.3-16 7-3A-16 7-5-5 7-8.2 7.3-17 7-3A-11 7-3-22 7-3A-22 7-8-23 7-5.13 7-6-12, 7-11-11 7-5-4 7-11-3 7-5-20 7-3-13 7-3A-13 7-3-13 7-3A-13 7-5-17 1-5-11 7-3-23 7-3A-23 1-5-1 7.3-15 7-3A-15 7-5-1 7-3-15 7-3A-15 7-3-23 7-3A-23 7-8-42 7-3-21 7-3A-21 7-7-13 7-3-1 7-3 A-1 7-5-14 7-6-14 7-8-22 7-5-16 7-6-15 7-11-7 7-8-11 7-3A-19 7-8-10 7-3-19
=“ 1 1 NS PIGEG PI PID NS PIGZG
GE5478 PID
NS
PIDZD PIGZG
P1
NS
PIDZD PIGZG
PID
NS
PIDZD
P1
NS
PIGZG
P1 P1 P1 P1
NS NS NS NS
PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG
PI
NS
PIGZG
P1 P1 P1 P1
NS NS NS NS
PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG
P1
NS
PIGZG
P1
NS
PIGZG
GE5480 KA3302FK50K KB21J1 MS15795-804 MS18130-16 MS16130-26 MS20426A3-4 MS24693-C2 MS24693 - C3 MS3367.4 MS35338-134
MS35338-135
MS35338-136 MS35650-314 MS51021-1 MS51957-14
MS51957-15 MS51957-28 MS51957-3 PID P1
NS NS
PIDZD PIGZG MS51959-2
P1
NS
PIGZG
P1
NS
PIGZG
PID PID
NS NS
PIDZD PIDZD
PID
NS
PIDZD
PID x2 PI
NS
PIDED
NS
PIGZG
NS NS
PF
PIGZG PIGZG ADDDD XIDZD X2DZD ADDDD PIGG
P1 P1 P1 PID P1
NS NS NS TL TD
PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG NNGZG PIGGD
PID
TD
PIGGD
PID PID P1 xl PID
NE NE TD
PIDZD PIDXD PIDGD xlGG P 1 DDD
MS51960-2 PB3 1-2 RCRO7G1OOJM RCRO7G1O1JM
RCRO7G1O2JM
RCRO7G1O3JM FB32J1 FE0446 FP-10 GB5333 GB5381 GB5443 GB5447 GB5481 GB5495-2 GB5500 GB5509 GC5366-1 GC5386-2 GC5386-3 GC5426 GC5434 GC5435 GC5501 GC5502 GD5362 GD5479 GD5483 GD5496 GD6497 GE5416
7-34
7-8-40 7-7-11 7.6-3 7-8-1 7-1-3 7-1-13 7-9-9 7-8-47 7-7-11 7-7-6 7-1-6 7-6‘7-6-2 7-1-9 7-1-10 7-1-11 7-10-7 1-1-4 7-2 7-1.5 7-57-9-8 7-8-35 7-1-1 7-6-1 7-1-8 7-77-7-11 7-9 7-1-12 7-1o7-10-16 7-11-
P1 i: xl x2 Al P1
TL
RCRO7G1O4JM RCR07G120JM RCR07G122JM RCR07G123JM RCR07G152JM RCR07G181JM RCR07G182JM RCR07G163JM
RCR07G201JM RCR07G202JM RCR07G204JM RCR07G223JM RCR07G242JM RCR07G272JM RCRO’IG273JM RCR07G301JM RCR07G302JM
X2DD
x2 P1
PF
PIGGG
H
! GE5477
RCR07G331JM RC’R07G391JM
I
FIG. & INDEX NO.
PART NuMBER
7.2-1 7.37 .3 A7-4-1 7-5. 7.7-9 7.5-10 7-3A.30 7.8-31 7.1-6 7-3A-45 7-3-20 7-5-2 7-1-13 7.1-3 7-6-2 7.10-4 7-1-8 7-7-9 7-10-16 7-1-6 7-10-1 7-10-2 7-10-6 7-10.16 7-7-2 7.7-3 7-1-11 1-1-6 7-10-1 7-10-2 7-10-16 7-1-2 7-10-6 7-7-2 7-7-9 7-9-7 7-10-16 7-7-1o 7-10-’I 7-7-3 7-1-13 7-6-17 7-3-33 7-3A-33 1-5-32 7-6-18 7-8-24 7-3-42 7-3A-42 7-5-28 7-8-19 7-3-40 7-3A-40 7-5-31 7-6-16 7-11-9 7-8-8 7-3-38 7-3A-36 7-3-34 7-3A-27 7-5-47 7-8-6 7-3A-24 7-3-35 7-8-31 7-6-19 7-6-1 7-11-8 7-3A-43 7-3-41 7-5-41 7-5-38 7-3-28 7-8-21 7-9-4 7-3-43 7-5-37 7-11-16 7-8-4 7-5-44 7-9-4A 7-5-45 7-3-24 7-5-27
“
X1
XIDDD
xl
XIDZD
X2 P1 PID
NS NS
X2DD PIGZG PIDZD
P1 P1 P1
NS NS NS
PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG
xl P1 P1 x2 PI
NS
XIGZG PIGZG P1G17G NNDZD PIGZG
P1
NS
PIGEG
PID PID P1 P1
NS NS NS NS
PIDZD PIDZD PIGZG PIGZG
P1
NS
PIGZG
PID PID
NS NS
PIDZD PIDZD
NS NS
x2
PIDZD
PID xl
NS
PIDZD xIGZG
P1
NS
PIGZG
PID
NS
PIDZD
P1
NS
PIGZG
PID P1
NS NS
PIDZD PIGZG
P1 P1 PI
NS Ns NS
PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG
PI PID
Ns NS
PIGZG PIDZD
PI
Ns
PIGZG
P1 PI
NS NS
PIGZG PIGZG
P1
Ns
PIGZG PIDZD
PID
Ns
P1
Ns
P1 PID PI
Ns Ns Ns
PIGZG PIDZD PIGZG
P1 PID
Ns NE
PIGZG PIDZD
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR Numericdhkx (Cont.)
PART
Rmu#lm ~m=~a Rcm7wlw RC~7@71W
Ra44J70413Jm
Rcma13m
53CR07G311JM
Rcm*61m R~07~21JM RCW7_M RCR07G6S1JM
RmoTwwM RCR07W2JM WROIG?50JM RcIw7G751JM Rcm7M21JM RCR07GL3Z3JM RC~G2R7W R~07~RWM RCRMm2=M RCR2W5R1JM RCR=20UM R&mm2mJM R~22G121JM RN55m5wF RTH2~W~ RV6LATSA$OIA 2E-24 SXT-14 SKT-4F WL256-1 U2T30LM U2T2032 U25S33 05-3700-12-0366 05-3790-12-1500 1N3W4
1N3611 1N4464
1N5711 1N74SA 1N751A 1N754A 1NW7A 1N8UG ms21 1N974B 1145-W-40 12!3-2672-00 2w3222
2N2481 2N2W OR 2N2WA
FIG. & D4m2x NO. 7-9-la 7-8-36 7-5-4a 7-5-34 1-11-1 7-3-3s I-3A-26 7-5-24 7-8-18 7-s-36 7-9A-36 7-s-33 7-8-15 ?-11-15 7-3-25 7-3A-$5 7-8.s7 7-3-31 I-9A-31 7-5-36 I-@-s ‘l-5-36 7-8-36 7-5-26 7-8-34 7-s-42 7-2A-39 7-5-40 7-$-30 ‘7-6-2 7-3-24 1-5-30 7-5-WA 7-8-14 7-6-0 7-5-39 7-8-5 I-5-48 7-5-4s 7-8-36 7-2A-24 7-11-10 7-6-5 7-11-5 7-11-19 7-8-11 7-2-30 7-9-6 7-10-12 7-2-2 I-4-2 I-4-6 7-9-9 7-6-2 7-6-3A 7-6-21 I-8-22 7-8-2S 7-3-26 I-3A-26 1-5-22 1-6-7 7-T-4 7-8-9 7-11-2 7-11-6 7-3-26 7-3A-26 7-5-22 7-6-7 7-s-3 7-11-2 7-1o-5 7-9-2 7-5-23 7-8-20 7-2-27 7-3A-27 7-7-5 7-6-s 7-6-20 7-10-12 7-11-17 7-5-3 7-6-4 7-11-14 7-8-16 7-3-12
AIR FORCE CWES PART HUMZZR
NAVY CODE souRcE
RzPAm 3N2P07
P1 PI
NB Ns
PIGZG PIGZG
PI
N6
PIGZG
PID
HZ
PIDZl)
PID
Ns
PIDZD
PID
P1
Ns
Ns
PIDZD
2N461A 24a4-oo2-TRo47x 2404-002ZZL0706D 3N1ZS
sm40
3-85934-s 3-65636-6 3-8592S-7 W49H-1-102
PIGZG 3S29H-1-303
P1 IUD PID
X6 Ns Ns
PID
Ns
PIGZG PIDZD PIDZD PIGZG PIDZD
4024 4249 S41B163 S01C125-16 501C40-12 64ZC117-8
PIGZG
PI PI
NS Ns
PIGZG PIGZG
PID P1 PID
Ns z
P1
Ns
PIDZD PIGZG PIDZD PIGZG PIGZG
PID P1 PI P1 PI PI PI P1 PID xl P1
Ns Ns t4s Ns Ns Ns N3 NS Ns Ns
PIDZD PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG PIDZL XIDZD PIGZG
P1 PID P1 P1 P1
m Ns F&5 Ns NS
PIGZG PIDZD PIGZG PIGZG PIGZG
P1
Ns
PIGZG
P1 P1
Ns NS
PIGZG PIGZG
PID
Ns
PIDZD
P1 PI D P1
NS N3 Ns
PIGZG PIDZD PIGZG
PID P1 P1 Xl x2 P1
NS Ns NS
Ns
PIDZD PIGZG PIGZG XIDZD NNGZG PIGZG
PID P1
NS NS
PIDZD PIGZG
302C117-9 503BI-91 504CS-3O8-1O2 50403-211-102 5G5D1-11O 6OSC1-1-1O2 3OSC1-13-1O2 5OSC1-3-1O2 504C3-15-7 5OSCZ-2-1O2 56SB27 51 OC31-1 515B2519 515 B2536 515B2537 515 B2538 515 B2539-1 515 L42539-2 515 B2541 515 B2542 515B3547 515 F3254S 515 B2549 515C2540 5160758 516B370 5tsB373 MSC259-29 520C259 526C640 526C641 526C649 527B933 -1 527 B933-2 527B939 526B303 52SR304 526C305 529B279 530B286 532B1014 532 BIO15 532 B1022 532 B108O 532C1021 S32CI030 532D1034 532 E1013 532 E1016 532 E101’7 533B320 533S329
16-35TS1848-2
TM-11-6625-1646-24-1
PIG. & INDzx No.
7-5-12 7-6-3 7-11-12 7-s-11 7-’?-8 7-7-7 7-3-9 7-W-9 7-8-12 7-3-11 7-3A-11 7-5-21 7-8-? 7-9-o 7-8-35 7-6-17 7-s-34 7-6-41 7-9-44 7-SA-U 7-5-s4 7-6-12 7-11-4 7-1-2 7-7-12 7-1-13 7-2-8 7-4-4 7-7-11 7-9 7-7-9 7-10-16 7-10-16 7-10-12 7-2-6 7-2-7 7-2-S 7-4-3 7-4-s 7-2-5 7-1o 7-2-f3 7-+.6 7-10-12 1-7-6 7-lo-s 7-1-2 7-2-5 7-4-3 7-2-4 7-4-4 7-1o-4 7-10-12 7-6-46 7-1o-7 7-11-17 7-9-9 7-1-13 7-7-3 7-s-43 7-2-7 7-7-11 7-1-1 7-1-13 7-1-1 7-1o-1o 7-1o-9 7-6-45 7-7-1 7-10-5 7-1o-3 7-7-1o ;-lo-e 7-6-35 7-9-6 7-10-6 7-8-44 7-8-45 7-9-7 7-6-22 7-11-17 7-3-45 7-3A-45 7-5-49 7-6-3 1-6-7 7.5.11
AIR PORa CGDZS NAVY Couz sOuxcE
RZPAJR
P1
Ns
PIGZG
P1 PID PID PID
X5 N6 Ns HZ
PlGz4’i PIDZD PIDZD PID%D
P1
Ns
?Imm PlOzG
PID xl xl P1 PID
Ns Nz
P1
Hz
PI
m NS
XIDZD X1D41D PIGZG P80ZG Plm3D PIGXG
:
PIGZG P1G23G NNGEG
xl x3
XlG3iG NNDZD
PID x2
NS
PIDZD NNDZD
x2 Xl x2
NNGZG X1D4D NNGZG
x2
NNG2G
x2 x2 xl P1
NNGZG NNGZG XIDZD PIGZG
Ns
Xl Ml Ml Ml Ml
Xllwn MDWP MM)ZI> MDOZG Moozl)
Ml Ml xl Xl %!1 xl P1 Ml xl x2 x2 x2 x2 PI xl P1 xl xl Ml x2 Ml PID
MDDZD MDDZL) XIDZO xlDz13 M3N3ZD Xl DZD PICZG MDDZD XIGZG X21>7 !> xznz!~ NN(MG Xlllzv P 1( ;(;( ; XIGY(: P Ku, Xl DZD XIDZII MDDZD X2DZD MOGZG P.1 DZLI
P1 xl xl xl Ml PID xl xl xl
NS
NS NS
NS NS
US
PlG7.G XIDZD xlw.1~ Xlrwn hmwkl? Plum XIGZG XIGZG X11)7.1)
xl PI
NS
Xllw.1) I. IGK,J
P1
U
PIC7G
-. 7 - 3 5
T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1848-2
TM-11-6625-1646-24-1
Numericallwk?x
PART NUMBZR
PART NUMBER
7.3-1o 7-3A-1O 7-5-3 7-6-3 7-11-14 7-1o-2 1-1-7 7-6-13 7-11-4 7-10-11 7-8-26 7-6-32 7-3A-30 7-8-31 7-8-40 7-7-8 7-8-11 7-3-19 7-3A-19 7-8-1o 7-5-1o 7-6-43 7-6-36 7-8-25 7-6-39 7-5-18 7-6-44 7-8-9 7-8-43 7-3-32 7-5-25 7-6-41 7-3-44 7-5-29 ‘7-.2-3 7-4-3 1-9-1 7-2-2 7-4-2 7-4-6 7-3-18 7.3A-18 7-5-19 7-6-17 7-6-35 I-9-6 7-1o-1 7-10-2 7-3-11 7-3A-11 7-5-21 7-6-7 7-10-15 7-6-21 7-3-9 7-3 A-9 7-8-12 7-6-2 7-6-2A 7-3-2 7-3 A-2 7-3-7 7-3 A-7 7-5-9 7-5-8 7-3-8 7-3A-6 7-3-6 7-3 A-6 7-3.4 7-3 A-4 7-3.5 7-3 A-5 7-5-6 7-5-7 7-3-3 7-3 A-3 7-11-7 77-1-6 7-3-1o 7-3A-1O 7-5-3 7-5-11 7-6-3 7.11-14 7-3-18 7.3A-16 7.5.19 7.11-17
533B385
536B65 539B48 560A73-1 560A73-2 560A74 560A75-151J 560A75-360J 561 C26-3 561 C26-4 565A106 565A107-1 565A107-4 565A107-5 565 C99-1 5659065-3B 572A48-1 572A48-2 572A49 572C36-3 573A85 573A86 573 C79 575A68-1
575A66-2 575 C27-4 575 C27-5 566CI0-24 566C1O-24F 588A257-1
588A257-2 566A257-3 568A257-4 566A262 568B230 593 A83-1
593A90 593A91 w3A95
593 A96-1 593 A96-2 600AI I 600AI 9
600A21 600A22 600A23 600A3 600A5
600A7 600A8 6015-27A 622-1 OOO-C2-52 622-750 -C2-52 771/-lf7N WHITE
85929-8
86144-2 .— 7 - 3 6
(Cont.)
PI
NS
PIGZG
PID Ml P1 P1 xl
NS
PIDZD MIGZG PIGZG PIGZG XIDZD
PID
NS
PIDZD
PID PID PID PID PID
NS NS NS NS NS
PIDZD PIDZD PIDZD PIDZD PIDZD
P1 PID PID PID PID P1 PID PID PID PID
NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS
PIGZG PIDZD PIDZD PIDZD PIDZD PIGZG PIDZD PIDZD P1D2D PIDZD
PI
NS
PIGZG
PI PID
NS NS
P1
NS
PIGZG PIDZD PIGZG PIGZG
P1 PID
NS NS
PIGZG PIDZD
P1 xl xl PI P1 D P1
NS
NS NS NS
PIGZG XIDZD XIDZD PIGZG PIDZD PIDZD
PID PID P1 PID
NS NS NS
PIDZD PIGZG PIDZD
P1 P1 PID
NS NS NS
PIGZG PIGZG PIDZD
PID
NS
PIDZD
PID P1 D
NS NS
PIDZD PIDZD
PID
NS
PIDZD
PID
NS
PIDZD
PID
NS
PIDZD
PID PID
NS NS
PIDZD PIDZD
x2 P1 P1
NS NS
NNGZG PIGEG PIGZG
PID
NS
PIDZD
P1
NS
PIGZG
NS Ns
T.O. NAVAIR
12P4-2APX-202 16-35TS1848-2
TM-11-6625-1646-24-1
Reference Designations
M mm IMca Iw22 kac4 Mcs A1c6 Mm Mm Mm AIC1O AICR1 &u A3CR6 AICR7 AICR8 AW3i9 thm A2CR14 AIQ1 AN32 AIQ2 Al@ A1Q3 AIRI AIRZ AIRS AiR4 Ail?5 Au?$ A1R7
A2 AZCI
1-117-11-2 7-11-7 7-11-3 7-11-2 1-11-3 7-ii-2 7-11-3 1-11-1 7-11-7 7-11-11 7-11-9 7-11-6 ?.11-0 7-11-2 7-11-3.4 7-11-i4 7-la-14 7-11-14 7-11-12 7-11-1 7-11-15 T-11-B6 ‘l-lI-l@ 7-11-16 7-11-15 7-11-1$ 7-11-1s 7-11-15 7-11-13 7-11-4 7-11-10 7-11-8 7.11.9 -7-11-5 1-11-1 “?-11-1 7-11-1 7-11-1 7.27-2-19 7.3A-13
A2C2 A2C2 A2C3 A2c4 A2c5 A2C!5 A2ct3 A2C6 Aac7 A2C!7 A2C8
7-3-14 7-3A-14 NOT USED ‘7-2-1 i-3-14 I-3A-14 7.3-M 7-3A-16 7.3-1 7-2A-1 7-3-23
A2C8
7-3A-23 7-3-15 7-3A-15
IA2c1L7
9-3-1s
A2c1O
7-3A-IS
AZ(7I2 .A2C14
7-3-14 7-2A-14 1.3.16 7-3A-ILI 7-3-22 ‘7-3A-22 7-3-17 ‘I-9A-IT 7-3-16 7-3A-16 7-2-1 7-3A- I 7-3-1 7-3A-1 7-3.26 7-3A-26
GE5476 cK@uws22M CSR13H225KL CK6tiW822M CK6UW822M CK6%W82~ CK6Um2ZM ~6WW822M CKO6BX1O5K CSR12R225KL CKWBX104K 1?42064 IN4454 H42tml 1242611 1243064 1N4464 2N2222 2P?2222 2NZ222 2N2222 2N2$07A 3tCR07G470JM RCR07G473JM RCROIG272JM RcR07G273JM RCR07G273JM Rmwlm RcRolG103J?A RCR07G412.7t4 RCR07G4TWM RCR32G12iSW 4349 580A73-2 RCR20G5R1M 14CR07G1E12JM RCRO7G1O3JM RcR20G23aJM RCROIG470JM RcRo7m70Jm RcRo7G4aoJM RCR07G4TOJM GC5434 cM5cDlwDm CM05CEMOOJP3 CM05CD100DP3 CMO5CD1OOJP2 CKO5BX1O2K CKO5BX1O2K C~13BE225= CKO534X1O2K CW5BX102K CKO5EIX1O3K CK05BXI03K CSRH4BE225KL C~13BEZ25KL cMo5rl13iolGP3 CMO5FD1O1GP3 cm5DmiwP3 CM05FDIOI GP3 C~5D~2=P3 CM05EM2MP3 CMMDD62W~ C~5EM2WP3 DM5-470J 565A107-4 DM5- 100J 565A107-5 CKO5BX1O2K C~5BX10ZK CKO533X1OSK CKO5BX1OSK C~5BX470K CK05BX4TOK cm5Bx181K CK0533X181K CKO5BX1O3K CKO5BX1O3K C!SR13BEZ25KL C=13BE225KL CSR13BE225KL CSR1324E225KL IN2004 n44464 1N3064 IN44M
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
FIGURE & INDEX NO.
UJl
7-3-18
Mm
7-3A-18
k2Ll &lLl i3L2 L2Q1
1-3-20 7-3A-30 1-3A-45 --3-9
!2Q1
7-3A-9
43Q3
7-3-11
\2Q3
7-3A-11
42Q3
7-3-12
i2Q3
7-3A-12
k2Q4
7-3-12
k2Q4
7-3A-12
L2R1 Ii2Rl k2R2
7-3-25 T-3A-25 7-3-42
A2R2 k2R3 k2R3 A2R4 k2R4 &2R5 k2R6 &2R6 A2R7 A2R8 A3i?8 &2R9 A2R9 A2R1O A2R1O A2R11
7-3A-42 7-3.25 7.3A-25 7-3-40 ~-3A.25 7-3-31 7-3-34 7-3A.43 1.3-42 7-3-33 7-3A-32 7-3.40 7.3A-40 7.3.40 7.3A-40 1-3-41
A2R12 A2R12 A2R13 A2Ri3 A2R14 A2R14
‘l-S-27A 7.3A-29 7-3-31 I-3A.21 7-3-3$ 1-3A-27
A2R15 A2R15 A2R16 A2R16 A2R11 A2R17 A2R18 A2R18 A2R19 A2Ri9 A2R30 A2R20 A2R21 A2R22 A2R22 A2R33 A2R33 A2R24 AZR24 A2R25 A2R25 A2R26 A2R26 A2R27 A2R28
7-3-27 7-2A-29 7-3-40 I-3A-40 7-3-34 7-3A-34 1-3-34 7-3A-34 1-3-38 7-3A-38 7-3-3a I-3A-32 7-2-3 7-3-32 1.3A-32 7-3-33 7-3A-24 7-3-38 7-3A-36 7-3-34 1-3A-34 7-3-35 7-3A-35 7-3-38 1-3-44
A2R28
7-3A-44
A2R29 AZR2S A2Ft30 A2R30 A2Et31 A2R32
7-3-3E3 7.3A-39 1-3-38 7-3A-29 7-3A-42 7-3A-40
PART NUMBER
85929-8 568A257-1 85939-8 588A257-1 MS18i30-26 MS18120-26 MS18130-i6 2N128 593A95 3N128 593A95 3N140 593A83-1 3N140 503A83-t 2N3807 3N2907A 2N2907 2N2907A 2N2807 3N2S07A 2N2907 2N22W7A RcRo7G4’13JM RCR07G473JM RCR07Gi02JM RCR070471JM RCR07G471JM RCRO’N3473JM RCR07G473JM RcRo7Gio3J&4 RCR07G473JM RCR07G511JM RCR07G391JM RCR07 OIJM RCR07 % 73JM RCRO7G1O1JM RCRO7G1O1JM RcRo7Gio3JM RcRo7Gio3JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07GI03JM RCR07G203JM RCR07G . . . ~ RN55D. . . . RCR07G323JM RcRo7G51iJM RCR07G511JM RCR07G223JM RCR07G123JM RCR07G . . .JM RN55D, . . . RCR07GS23JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G123JM RCR07Gi23JM RCR07G123JM RCR07Gi23.JM RCR07Cii2WM RCR07G12WM 575A68-1 575A88-I 575C27-4 575A88-1 575A88-1 RCRO7G1OIJM RCR07G181JM RCR07G473JM RCR07G472JM RCR07G123JM RCR07G122JM RCR07G182JM RCR07G182JM RCR07G682JM 3329H-1-503 575A68-2 3329R-1-503 575A68-2 RCR07G681J14 RCF407GS81JM RCR07G473JM RCR07G623JM RCR07GI03JM RCRO7G1O3JM
PART NUMBER
i2R33 i2R34
7-3A-27 7-3A-44
i2R35 i2R36
7-3A-27 7-3A-44
42R37 i2R38 42RT1 12RT2
7-3A-41 7-3A-42 7.3-30 7-3A-3o
42U1 \2ul 42u2 42u2 42u3 42u2 h2u4 42u4 k2u5 k2u5 A2u6 h2u6 A2U7 A2U7 A2u8 A2u8 A2U9 A2u9 A2U1O A2u1O A2u11 A2u11 A2u12 A2u12 A2vRi A2vRi A2VR2 A2VR2 A2vR3 A2Y1
7.3-3 7.3A-3 7-3-8 7.3 A-8 7-3.2 7-3 A-2 7-3-3 7-3 A-3 7-3A-3 7-3A-3 7-3-4 7-3A-4 7-3-4 7-3A-4 7-3-4 7-3A-4 7-3-5 7.3 A-5 7-3-8 7-3A-6 7-3-5 7.3 A-5 7-3-7 7-? A-7 7- -37 7-3A-37 7-3-37 7.3A-37 7-3-37 7-3-21
A2Y1
7-3A-21
A2 A3c1 A3C2
7-47-5-5 7-5-10
A3C3 A3C4 A3C5 A3C6 A3c7 A2C8 A3c9 A3c1O A3c11 A3C12 A3ci3
7-5-5 7-5-13 7-5-14 7-5-14 7-5-15 7-5-5 7-5-5 7-5-16 7-5-5 7-5-4 7-5-1
A3c14
7-5-17
A3C15 A3C16 A3C17 A2C18
7-5-15 7-5-5 ‘7-5-5 7-5-1
A3C19 A3C20 A3c21 A3C22 A3c23 A2CR1 tiuw A3cR22 A3DL1 A3J1
7-5-20 7-5-14 7-5-5 7-5-14 7-5-14 7-5-22
A3L1 A3Q1 A3Q2 A3Q3
7-5-2 7-5-3 7-5-11 7-5-i2
A3Q4 A3C35 A3Q5
7-5-3 7-5-3 7-5-3
7-5-18 7-5-19
RCR07Gi23JM 3329 H-1-503 575A68-2 RCR07G123JM 3329 H-1-503 575A6tl-2 RCR07G221JM RCRO7G1O2JM RTH22ES682K K1321J1 561 C28-3 600AS 600AS 800A22 600A22 600A11 600A11 600A8 600A8 600AS 600A8 600A3 600A3 600A3 500A3 SOOA3 601JA3 600A5 600A5 600A23 600A23 SOOA5 600,+5 600Ai9 600A19 iN757A 1N757A iN757A 1N757A 1N757A CR-841U (20 MRz) CR-64i U (20 MHz) GC5435 CKO5BX1O3K KA3302FK50K 565C99-1 CK05BXI03K CKO6UX1O4K cSRi3E225KL CSR13E225KL CKO5I3X1O2K CKO5BX1O3K CKO5BX1O3K cSRi3F665KL CK05BXI03K CK08BX223K CMO5IM351OGP3 CMO5ED61OGP3 CM05CD120KP3 CM05CD120JP3 CKO5BX1O2K CKO5BX1O3K CKO5BX1O3K CMO5OD51OGP3 CMO5ED51OGP3 CM05CD050DP3 CSR13E225KL CKO5!3X1O3K CSR13E225KL CSR13K225KL 1N3064 1N4454 572C36-3 85929-8 5S8A257-5 MS18130-26 2N2222 2N491A 2N2907 2N2907A 2N22Z2 2N2222 2N2222
-.. 7 - 3 7
T.0,
12P4-2APX-202
NAVAIR
16-35TS1848-2
TM-11-6625-1646-24-1 Reference Designations (Cont. )
PART NUMBER
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
——l———— PART FIGURE & INDEX NO. NUMBER
i4CR2
7-6-7
i4Jl
7-6-17
i4Ql
7-6-3
i4Q2 i4Q3 44R1 i4R2 \4R3 i4R4 44R5 i4R6 L4R7 i4R8 14R9 44R1O
7-6-4 1-6-4 7-6-19 7-6-19 7-6-5 7-6-16 7-6-16 7-6-10 7-6-11 7-6-6 7-6-18 7-6-13
i4Rll 44R12 14ul
7-6-6 7.6-6 7-6-2
\4u2
7.6-2A
\4VRl i4vR2
1-6-20 7-6-21
14VR3
7-6-21
\4VR4 44VR5 !5 !5A1 45C1
7-6-9 7-6-9 7-77-87.7-6
i5c2
7-7-7
k5AlCl
7-6-11
i5AlC2 45A1C3 45A1C4
NOT USED 7-6-2 7-8-10
45A1C5 45A1C6 45A1c7
NOT USED 7-6-13 7-8-11
45A1C6 k5Alc9 A5A1C1O k5Aicll A5A1C12 A5A1C13 A5A1C14 A5A1C15 A5A1C16 A5A1C17 A5A1C18 A5A1C19 A5A1C20 A5A1C21 A5A1C22 A5A1CR1 thru A5A1CR4 A5A1FL1 A5A1L1 A5A1L2
7-6-22 7-6-2 7-6-2 7-6-2 7-8-37 7-8-22 7-6-2 NOT USED 7-6-23 7-8-2 7-8-2 7-6-23 7-6-23 7-8-22 7-8-23 7-6-3
A5A1Q1
7-6-12
A5A1Q2 A5A1Q3 thru A5A1Q7 A5A1P1 A5A1R1 A5A1R2 A5A1R3
7-6-7 7-6-16
A5A1R4 A5A1R5
7-8-29 7-8-6
FIGURE & WEX NO.
I PART NUMBER
I
I k3Q7 A3QS k3Q9 A3Q1O A3Q11 &3Q12
I REFERENCE DESIGNATION
7-5-3 7-5-3 7-5-11 7-5-3 7-5-3 7-5-21
A3R1 k3R2
7-5-31 7-5-29
A3R3
7-5-30A
KJR4 A3R5 A3R6 k3R7 h3R6 A3R9 A3R1O A3R11 A3R12 A3R13 A2R14 A3R15 A3R16 A3R17 A3R18 A3R19 A3R20 A3R21 A3R22 A3R23 A3R24 A3R25 A3R26 A3R27 A3R26 A3R29 A3R30 A3R31 A3R32 A3R33 A3R34 A3R35 A3R36 A3R37 A3R36 A3R39
7-5-47 7-5-34 7-5-31 7-5-33 I-5-36 7-5-35 7-5-33 7-5-32 7-5-26 7-5-31 7-5-31 7-5-31 7-5-39 7-5-40 7-5-33 7-5-33 NOT USED 7-5-33 7-5-31 7-5-26 7-5-31 7-5-41 7-5-31 7-5-31 7-5-37 7-5-37 7-5-31 7-5-39 7-5-31 7-5-30 7-5-42 7-5-38 7-5-40 7-5-34 7-5-31 7-5-31
A3R40 A3R41 A3R42 A3R43 A3R44 A3R45 A3R46 A3R47 A3R4S A3R49 A3R50 A3R51
7-5-46 I-5-26 7-5-48 7-5-26 7-5-31 7-5-24 7-4-3 7-5-27 7-5-24 I-5-28 I-5-28 7-5-25
A3R52 A3R53 A3R54
7-5-26 ‘,-5-32 7-5-31
A3R5!l A3R56 A3R57 A3R58 A3R5B A3R60 A3R61 A3R62 A2R63 A3vR1 A3u1 A3u2 A3u3 A3u4 A3u5 A3u6 A4 A4C1 A4C2 A4C3 A4CR1
7-5-46A 7-5-44 NOT USED 7-5-31 7-5-26 7-5-33 7-5-45 7-5-31 7-5-43 7-5-23 7-5-7 7-5-8 7-5-9 7-5-6 7-5-6 7-5-7 7-67-6-14 7-6-15 7-6-12 7-6-7
2N2222 2N2222 2N491A 2N2222 2N2222 3N140 593A83-1 RCRO7G1O3JM 3329 H-1-503 575A68-2 RCR07G683JM RCR07G . . . JM RCR07G152JM RCR07G470JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G472JM RCR07G561JM RCR07G680JM RCR07G472JM RCRO7G1O1JM RCRO7G1O2JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G821JM RCR07G681JM RCR07G472JM RCR07G472JM RCR07G472JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G511JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G202JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G272JM RCR07G272JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G821JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G663JM RCR07G394JM RCR07G204JM RCR07G681JM RCR07G470JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G . . . JM RN55D. . . . RCR07G511JM RCR07GS22JM RCR07G511JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G471JM 575 C27-5 RCR07G391JM RCR070471JM RCRO7G1O2JM RCRO7G1O2JM 332OH1O2 575A66-1 RCRO7G1O2JM RCRO7G1O1JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G . . . JM RN55D. . . RCR07G302JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G511JM RCR07G472JM RCR07G331JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCR07G2R7JM 1N751A 600A21 600A21 600A19 600A5 600A5 600A21 GB5500 CSR13E225KL CSR13F665KL CKO5BX1O4K 1N3064 1N4454
7-8-44 7-8-9 7-8-43
7-8-35 7-8-27 7-6-14 7-8-26
1N3064 1N4454 3-65929-7 566A257-2 2N2907 2N2907A 2N2222 2N2222 RCR07G163JM RCR07G183JM RCR20G202JM RCRO7G1O3JM RCRO7G1O3JM RN55D. RN55D7500F RCR07G751JM RCRO7G1O1JM 4034 560A73 -1 RCR07G271JM RCR07G271JM u2T2006 593A96- 1 u2T2006 593 A96-1 u2T2023 593 A96-2 1N974B uZ5833 593A91 uZ5633 593A91 1N821 1N821 GD5483 GE5480 2404 -002T2H0470K 565A106 2404 -002S2L 0709D 565 C101-1 DM5-050D 565 A107-1 CKO5BX1O3K DM5-1OOJ 565A107-5 CKO5BX1O2K DM5-050D 565A107-1 CSR13E225KL CKO5BX1O3K CKO5BX1O3K CKO5BX1O3K DM5-470J CSR13E225KL CKO5BX1O3K
.5A1R6 5AlR’1 ,5A1R8 5A1R9
7-6-5 7-6-6 I-6-4 7-6-32
.5A1R1O .5A1R11 ,5A1R12 .5A1R13 .5A1R14 !5A1R15 ,5A1R16 .5A1R17 L5A1R18 ,5A1R19 .5A1R20 .5Alh21 ,5A1R22 L5A1R23
7-8-31 7-8-1 7-6-16 7-6-38 7-6-17 7-6-15 ?-6-26 7-6-18 7-8-21 7-8-16 7-8-18 7-6-19 7-8-1 7-8-41
L5A1R24 L5A1R25 L5A1R26 L5A1R27 ,5A1R28 L5A1R29 .5A1RT1
7-6-15 7-6-20 7-8-20 7-6-2’4 NOT USED 7-8-34 7-6-40
L5A1RT2
7-8-33
.5A1T1 L5A1T2 L5A1T3 L5A1VR1 L5A1Y1
7-8-36 7-8-39 7-8-25 7-8.30 7-6-42
L6 L6R 1 L6R2 ,6R3 ,6R4 L6R4 ,6R5 L6R6 ,6R7 L6R6 L6VR1 LI ,7CR1 ,7CR2 ~7Rl L7R2 h7R3
7-97-9-5 7-9-6 NOT USED 7-9-4 7-9-4A NOT USED 7-9-1 7-9-3 7-9-4 7-9-2 7-1o-7 7-10-15 7-10-15 7-10-11 1-10-11 7-10-11
RCR07G821JM RCR07G152JM RCR07G301JM 05-3700-12-0360 560A75-360J RCR07G182JM RCR07G821JM RCROIG471JM RCR07G6R2JM RCRO7G1OOJM RCR07G472JM RCR07G391JM RCR07G471JM RCR07G242JM RcRo7a71JM RCR07G471JM RCRO7G1O2JM RCR07G471JM 3329 R-1-102 575A66-1 RCR07G472JM RCR07G681JM RCR07G681JM RCRO7G1O1JM RCR07G680JM FB32J1 561 C26-4 KB21J1 561 C26-3 572A46-1 572A49 572A48-2 1N754A CR-56A/U (65.863 MHz) Gb5496 RCR07G511JM RV6LAYSA501A RCR07G242JM RCR07G302JM 575 C27-5 RCR07G661JM RCR07G242JM IN749A GC5426 1N5711 1N5711 560A74 560A74 560A74
CK05BX470K CKO5BX1O3K CKO5BX1O3K CK05BX470K CK05BX470K CSR13E225KL CK05BX470K 1N3064 1N4454 573A85 573A66 5659065-3B 573C19 3N128 593A95 593A63 2N2461 GC5502 RCR07G473JM RCR07G750JM 05-3700-12-150( 560A75-151J RCR07G621JM RCRO7G1O4JM
—-J
7 - 3 8
T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 NAVAIR 16-35TS1843-2 TM-11-6625-1646-24-1 APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION
A-1.
General.
This appendix provides a summary of the maintenance operations for the TS-1843B/APX. It authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairable items and components and the tools and equipment required to perform each function. This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance operations. A-2.
Maintenance Function.
Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows: a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical mechanical, and/or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination. b. Test. To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring mechanical or electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards. c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an Item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean, preserve, drain, paint, or to replenish fuel/lubricants/hydraulic fluids or compressed air supplies. d. Adjust. Maintain within prescribed limits by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating characteristics to the specified parameters. e. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to about optimum or desired performance. f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test measuring end diagnostic equipment used in precision measurement. Consists of the comparison of two instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared. g. Install. The act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position an item, part, module (component or assesmbly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment/system. h. Replace The act of substituting a serviceable like-type part, subassembly, model (component or assembly) for an unserviceable counterpart.
A-1
T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 NAVAIR 16-35TS1843-2 TM-11-6625-1646-24-1 i. Repair. The application of maintenance services (inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, replace) or other maintenance actions (welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachining, or resurfacing) to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module/ component/assembly, end item or system. j. Overhaul. That periodic maintenance effort (service/action) necessary to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards (e.g., DMWR) in appropriate technical publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally return an item to like-new condition. k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like-new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours, miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army equipment/components. A-3.
Maintenance Allocation Chart Column Entries.
(Table A-1)
a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists group numbers, the purpose of which is to identify components, assemblies, subassemblies and modules with the next higher assembly. b. Column 2, Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the noun names of components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized. c. column 3, Maintenance Functions. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2. d. Column 4, Maintenance Category. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a "worktime" figure in the appropriate subcolumn (s), the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3. This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories, appropriate “worktime” figures will be shown for each category. The number of man-hours specified by the “worktime” figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, modules, end item or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time, troubleshooting time and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. Subcolumns of column 4 are as follows: CO F H D A-2
Operator/Crew Organizational Direct Support General Support Depot
T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 NAVAIR 16-35TS1843-2 TM-11-6625-1646-24-1 e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools) and special tools, test, and support equipment required to perform the designated function. A-4.
Tool and Test Equipment Requirements (Table A-2).
a. Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and equipment column of the MAC. The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance functions. b. Maintenance Category. The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allocated the tool or test equipment. c. Nomenclature. This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test equipment required to perform the maintenance functions. d. National/NATO Stock Number. This column lists the National/NATO stock number of the specific tool or test equipment. e. Tool Number. This column lists the manufacturer’s part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers (5-digit) in parentheses.
A-3
T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 NAVAIR 16-35TS1843-2 TM-11-6625-1646-24-1 TABLE
A-1. MAINTENANCE
ALLOCATION
CHART
FOR TRANSPONDER
(2)
(1) GROUP NUMBER
COMPONENT> ’ASSEMBLY
SET, TEST SET TS-1843B/APX (3) MAINTENANCE FUNCTION c
03
(1) A-4
TRANSPONDER SET,
Operational
test.
TEST SET TS-1843B/AYX
Inspect Testl Replace Repair
(4)
(5 )
MAINTENANCE C4TEGORY
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
o
F
H
D
0.1 0.1 0.1 4.0
1 2 3-23
T.O. 12P4-2APX-202 NAVAIR 16-35TS1843-2 TM-11-6625-1646-24-l Ti4iiLE A-2. TOOL ~ TEST EQUIPMENT REQJIR-S FOR TRAHSFOWIER SE7 , TEST SET TS-1843B/APX
(B3L OR TES EQUIPMENT
MAINTENANCE CATEGORV
NOMFZNCLATURE STOCK NilMBH!
F? E?= Cairn c1
T2ST SST, ‘EfASSKISDKR AH/APM-123(V)l
&M3M6*l
o
lUOL KIT, SLSCTFOHIC
ll&-oo-06b 5178
D
SSC%IVSR—~ m, SADIO RT-859/APX-72
D
SIDTISD LIEIS, UAVJDWXDS
WJIFWWT ‘m-lol/G
&5-oG-D89-7179
IJ4-92( )/U
D
ISDICA70R, STASDRIG WAYS RATIO lM-175/U
625-00-892-5670
D
TSST SET, ‘IRMSWSMR SET AS/AR4-239A
625-DG-802-7@5
D
MuIOTrrams Au/m14-223
625-oo-999-7b65
D
OSCIIJOSWPS M@4@31A
D
TCOL KIT, ELSC’WJKIC SQUIPM2#T
D
‘TSST SET, RAMS AS/UEW98A
i@-00-912-O$a
D
‘lODL KIT, SLSC’IROSIC EQUIFWXT llt-100/G
i180-00-@bO079
D
TSST SST, S~ICOtJMICTOR
625-CO-1684994
D
TSST SET, CRYRTAL UWIT, QUAR~ lS-2@S/iJ
D
~L KIT IK-k( )/m-81(v)
D
RF TSRMIUATIOM
D
3 DB ASD 6 DB PAM C&1285/U (HP-8491A)
D
‘EST SET, MFOMISR ~T SET AS/AR4-362 (OIA236150)
D
CaJHdl Sms TtsmR (NICSOLAB N300A)
625-DC-2X)-2221 lX-105/G
DSVICS lW836B/U
M3O-W-61O-8177
625-00-669-1215
50 O* (GR 87k-w50B)
D
SIGBAL G-TOR (M.IL-G-WT)
D
FREQOmCT mums (MIL-c-9988A)
625-00-058-27W
A-5
TM
11-662S-1646-24-1/NAVAIR
16-35TS1843-2/T.O.
12P4-2APX-202
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force:
Official: PAUL T. SMITH Major General, United States Army The Adjutant General
Official: F.M. ROGERS, General, USAF Commander, Air Force Logistics Command
BERNARD W. ROGERS General United States Army Chief of Staff JULIAN S. LAKE Rear Admiral, United States Navy Commander, Naval Electronic Systems Communal DAVID C. JONES, General USAF Chief of Staff
Distribution: TO be distribution in accordance with DA Form 12-36, organizational maintenance requirements for AN/APX-72.
*!IJ3 GOVIHMmr FUISmW omcs: m - 311-uI&eIm
This fine document... Was brought to you by me:
Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it. Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it... They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends? I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share, republish, sell and so on. I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in search engines:
Free Military and Government Manuals
– Sincerely Igor Chudov http://igor.chudov.com/ – Chicago Machinery Movers
